Home

Notice Hewlett-Packard to Agilent Technologies Transition

1. Example Command The following example program will allow the Fader to generate an ist when any error occurs 10 OUTPUT 714 ESE 60 20 OUTPUT 714 PRE 32 30 END Example Query To read the Fader s Parallel Poll Enable Register run the following program 10 OUTPUT 714 PRE 20 ENTER 714 Pre_enable 30 PRINT Pre_enable 40 END Related Commands IST STB See Also Related Documents in Appedix D 4 23 HP 11757B RCL Recall Command Syntax Description Example Command Example Query Related Commands See Also 4 24 RCL lt rcl_register gt Where lt rcl_register gt 1 through 10 The RCL command restores the state of the Fader from the specified internal save recall register Registers 1 through 10 can be loaded with the SAV command The state saved and recalled is the same as the state affected by PRESET If no setup has been stored previously in the specified register the PRESET state is recalled To recall the Fader state stored in save recall register number 3 run the following program 10 OUTPUT 714 RCL 3 20 END There is no query for this command LRN RST SAV PRESET LOCAL Related Documents in Appedix D HP 11757B RST Reset Command RST Reset Command Syntax Description RST The RST command places the Fader in the PRESET state Refer to Table 4 6 for the preset conditions In the Fader the front p
2. 107 Incorrect number of parame ters sSYST COMM PRIN STAT 2786 Correct the HP IB controller program so that the HP IB SYST COMM PRIN STAT command has exactly 1 parameter the HP IB query may have exactly 0 parameters 107 Incorrect number of parameters CALC LIM STAT 2791 Correct the HP IB controller program so that the HP IB CALC LIM STAT command has exactly 1 parameter the HP IB query may have exactly 0 parameters A 44 HP 11757B HP IB Commands Table A 1 Error Messages continued Error Message Detail Action Required Number Number 107 Incorrect number of 2796 Correct the HP IB controller parameters DIAG EXPR program so that the HP IB DIAG EXPR command has exactly 1 parameter 107 Incorrect number of parameters CALC LIM INT 2801 Correct the HP IB controller program so that the HP IB CALC LIM INT command has exactly 1 parameter the HP IB query may have exactly 0 parameters 107 Incorrect number of parameters TRIG2 BER THR 2821 Correct the HP IB controller program so that the HP IB TRIG2 BER THR command has exactly 1 parameter the HP IB query may have 0 or 1 parameters 107 Incorrect number of parameters INP1 IMP 2831 Correct the HP IB controller program so that the HP IB INP1 IMP command has exactly 1 parameter the HP IB query may have 0 or 1 parameters 107 Incorrect number of parameter
3. FETCh DFM Download Dispersive Fade Margin Syntax FETCh DFM pa Description Queries the Dispersive Fade Margin calculated in the last measurement Both types are always calculated therefore you can query either If the parameter is omitted BELLcore is assumed You can query the Dispersive Fade Margin calculations only if the last measurement was a Static M Dynamic M or Hysteresis M Curve measurement CCIR is only available in serial prefixes 3215A and above therefore no parameter is allowed with serial prefixes before 3215A Example Command There is not command for this query Example Query OUTPUT 714 FETCH DFM BELLCORE ENTER 714 Bellcore_DFM 5 86 HP IB Commands 5 85 HP 11757B SYSTem COMMunicate GPIB ADDRess Set HP IB Address SYSTem COMMunicate GPIB ADDRess Set HP IB Address Syntax lt NRf gt SYSTem COMMunicate GPIB ADDRess 4 MAXimum MINimum i MAXimum SYSTem COMMunicate GPIB ADDRess i MINimum Description Sets the HP IB address of the Fader The Fader s HP IB address can be from 0 to 30 inclusive Address 40 puts the Fader into listen only mode Address 50 puts the Fader into talk only mode Values between legal values will be rounded to the nearest legal value Preset has no effect on the Fader s HP IB address At the factory the Fader s HP IB address is set to 14 The query returns the current HP IB address Example Command To change the Fader s HP IB address to 12 run
4. D 3 SCPI Conformance Information HP 11757B Table D 1 SCPI Conformance continued Programming Command Status CONFigure SCALar BER Non SCPI DIA Gnostic s P ROFile DATA Non SCPI DISPlay WIN Dow STATe SCPI Confirmed ESE IEEE 488 2 Required ESR IEEE 488 2 Required FETCh SCPI Confirmed FETCh ARRay STATic Non SCPI FETCh ARRay DYNamic FM Non SCPI FETCh ARRay DYNamic SWEep Non SCPI FETCh A RRay HYSTeresis Non SCPI FETCh SCALar RECovery Non SCPI FETCh SCALar DFM Non SCPI FETCh SCALar BER Non SCPI FETCh TP Width Non SCPI IDN IEEE 488 2 Required INITiate IM Mediate SCPI Confirmed INTTiate TP Width Non SCPI IN Put 1 COUPling SCPI Confirmed IN Put 1 MPedance SCPI Confirmed IN Put2 BIAS VOLTage DC SCPI Confirmed IN Put2 COUPling SCPI Confirmed IN Put2 IM Pedance SCPI Confirmed D 4 HP 11757B SCPI Conformance Information Table D 1 SCPI Conformance continued Programming Command Status IN Put3 COUPIling SCPI Confirmed IN Put3 IMPedance SCPI Confirmed IN Put3 POLarity SCPI Confirmed IST IEEE 488 2 Required LRN IEEE 488 2 Optional MEASure ARRay STATic Non SCPI MEASure ARRay DYNamic FM Non SCPI MEASure ARRay DYNamic SWEep Non SCPI MEASure ARRay HYSTeresis Non SCPI MEASure SCALar REC
5. Overlapped means that previous commands are not guaranteed to be finished when a new command or query is executed In addition if constant HP IB traffic occurs the Fader is always kept busy executing HP IB commands In this case the Fader will never have a chance to sweep slew or fade For example the following program would never allow slewing because it is contantly sending HP IB commands to the Fader RST would never finish getting the hardware to the PRESET state and the notch frequency commands in lines 20 and 30 would never get anywhere either The Fader would remain at the current notch HP 11757B Avoiding Fader Interruptions frequency constantly being re commanded to slew to a new notch frequency 10 OUTPUT 714 RST 20 OUTPUT 714 FREQ 75MHZ 30 OUTPUT 714 FREQ 65MHZ 40 GOTO 20 50 END The synchronization commands OPC OPC and WAI must be used to achieve sequential HP IB operation when using the Fader The following example program shows the correct way to implement the previous example program 10 OUTPUT 714 RST WAI 20 OUTPUT 714 FREQ 75MHZ WAI 30 OUTPUT 714 FREQ 65MHZ WAI 40 GOTO 20 50 END As a guideline it is a good idea to use the synchronization commands after any Fader HP IB command that alters any Fader hardware D 15 HP 11757B Interface Functions IEEE 488 1 Interface Function Subsets Device Clear Group Execute Trigger GET Inter
6. Press the ENTER key The Fader will display SELFTESTING The test will take about 10 seconds If the self test passes the Fader displays TEST PASS and returns to normal mode If the self test fails the Fader displays TEST FAIL XXX and returns to normal mode The XXX will be a number corresponding to a binary weighted sum which indicates which test or tests failed See Comments below for explanation HP 11757B Remote Procedure HP IB Program Codes Comments Detailed Operating Instructions The program code for self test is TST When a self test is run over HP IB the instrument will return a binary weighted sum which indicates which test or tests failed If the number is 0 then everything passed See Comments below for explanation Function Program Code SELF TEST TST If an error number is returned by the Fader to the front panel self test or by HP IB s TST use the following table to determine which tests failed Each test has a bit number which is given a bit weight The weights of failed tests are summed to form a value which is unique for each possible combination of failed tests If no test fails the sum is 0 Error Condition Bit Weight ROM 0U CHECKSUM BAD 0 1 ROM 0L CHECKSUM BAD 1 2 ROM 1U CHECKSUM BAD 2 4 ROM 1L CHECKSUM BAD 3 8 BATTERY BACKED RAM 0U FAILED 4 16 BATTERY BACKED RAM OL FAILED 5 32 RAM 0U FAILED 6 6
7. 1534 Correct the HP IB controller program so that the non decimal data included with the HP IB command contains only the following characters Binary data B 0 or 1 Octal data Q 0 through 7 Hexadecimal data H 0 9 A F a f 121 Invalid character in number Invalid character in decimal data 1539 Correct the HP IB controller program so that the decimal data included with the HP IB command only contains acceptable characters 0 through 9 E and e 121 Invalid character in number Improper non decimal data format 1547 Correct the HP IB controller program so that it contains a correct non decimal type A non decimal data type should begin with followed by a b B Q q h and H A 27 HP IB Commands HP 11757B Table A 1 Error Messages continued Error Number Message Detail Number Action Required 120 Numeric data error Correct the HP IB controller program so that the decimal data included with the HP IB command follows the correct syntax for a number 120 Numeric data error Non decimal data not allowed 1533 Correct the HP IB controller program so that the data included with the HP IB command is not non decimal data 120 Numeric data error Improper non decimal termination 1536 Correct the HP IB controller program so that the non decimal data included with the HP IB command contai
8. 3 Press A until the setting you want is displayed 4 Press ENTER The program code for SLOPES is POW DEPT SLOP You enter one of the four allowable values 0 5 0 3 0 3 and 0 5 followed by the the units DB MHZ For example to enter a slope of 0 5 dB MHz OUTPUT 714 POW DEPT SLOP 0 5 DB MHZ The range 70 MHz or 140 MHz for slopes depends on the current fixed notch frequency When you set slopes over HP IB the Fader assumes you are setting your slopes for the last fixed notch frequency set but not for a start or stop notch frequency 2 85 Detailed Operating Instructions HP 11757B HP IB Program Codes Keystroke Program Code SLOPES POW DEPT SLOP 2 86 HP 11757B SWEEP ALL Description Example HP IB Codes Detailed Operating Instructions This key SHIFT SET START sweeps all three fader functions notch depth notch frequency and flat fade attenuation The length of time of the sweep depends on the setting of SET TIME and whether the fader is set for a single sweep or continuous sweeping The single sweep option is set using MORE function 1 When you sweep all functions the display reads SWP SWP SWP You can stop any of the functions while letting others sweep by using the shifted keys for SWP FREQ SWP DEPTH and SWP ATTEN To turn on all three sweeps 1 Press SHIFT SET START 2 The display should show SWP SWP SWP 3 To turn off the fr
9. Sets the sweep time for all sweeps Input range is 10ms to 99 99sec Preset 5sec The query returns the sweep time setting Sets the sweep time to 150 ms OUTPUT 714 SWE TIME 150ms Reads the current sweep time OUTPUT 714 SWE TIME ENTER 714 Sweep_time 5 25 HP 11757B SWEep SLEW Set Slew Time Syntax Description Example Command Example Query 5 26 lt NRf gt time suff SWEep SLEW 4 MAXimum MINimum MAXimum SWEep SLEW MINimum Sets the slew time for all parameters Input range is 10ms to 99 99s Preset 100ms The query returns the slew time setting Sets the slew time to its minimum 10 ms OUTPUT 714 SWE SLEW MIN Reads the current slew time OUTPUT 714 SWE SLEW ENTER 714 Slew_time HP 11757B SWEep SLEW RATE Set Maximum Slew Rate SWEep SLEW RATE Set Maximum Slew Rate lt NRf gt dB per second suff SWEep SLEW RATE 4 MAXimum MINimum Syntax SWEep SLEW RATE Description Sets the notch depth maximum slew rate for an M Curve measurement The range of allowable values is 10 to 500 dB second The Preset value is 200 dB second The unit suffix DB S and other IEEE suffixes such as DB MS and DB KS are permitted The query returns the slew rate that is set Example Command To set the notch depth slew rate of 300 dB second OUTPUT 714 SWE SLEW RATE 300DB S Example Query OUTPUT 714 SWE SLEW RATE 5 27 SWEep MODE Set Single Sweep
10. Sweeps 1 Set up sweep parameters on slave and master but don t start a sweep yet 2 Start the sweep on the slave the slave will slew to the start sweep value and then wait for the signal from the master to start the sweep 3 Start the sweep on the master the master will slew to the start sweep value and then start sweeping with the slave Fade Event 1 Set up parameters on slave and master but don t start a fade event yet 2 Start the fade event on the slave the slave will wait for the signal from the master to start the fade event 3 Start the fade event on the master the master will then start fading with the slave If you have HP IB and don t want to use the back panel connector the HP IB group execute trigger GET signal will work as the master To use this all the Faders should be in EXTernal mode you can have as many slaves as you can fit on the HP IB bus All the faders will wait for the GET signal from the HP IB bus To start all the Faders send the group execute trigger function to the bus All slaves will start in unison Sweeps 1 Set up and start sweeps on all the Faders The Fader will slew to the start sweep value and then wait for the signal from the HP IB bus to start the sweep Detailed Operating Instructions HP 11757B 2 98 Comments 2 Send the GET command to the Faders In HP BASIC the easiest way to do this is by executing TRIGGER 7 Fade Event 1 Se
11. 1532 Correct the HP IB controller program so that it terminates the indefinite length block data with the new line character NL 161 Invalid block data Invalid character in block length field 1551 Correct the HP IB controller program so that the definite block s length field only contains the characters 0 through 9 158 String data not allowed Correct the HP IB controller program so that the data included with the HP IB command does not contain single or double quotes or 151 Invalid string data Improper string termination 1528 Correct the HP IB controller program so that the string data included with the HP IB command is terminated with a single or double quote or The terminating quote must be the same as the leading quote of the string A 24 HP 11757B HP IB Commands Table A 1 Error Messages continued Error Message Detail Action Required Number Number 148 Character data not allowed Correct the HP IB controller program so that the data included with the HP IB command is not character data 144 Character data too long Correct the HP IB controller program so that the character data included with the HP IB command contains less than 13 characters 141 Invalid character data Invalid character in character data 1526 Correct the HP IB controller program so that the character data included with the HP I
12. 2 37 Typical M Curve Output 2 40 Static M Curve Measurement 2 41 Hysteresis M Measurement 2 42 Dynamic M Curve Measurement 2 43 Dynamic Curve Measurement 2 45 Dynamic Curve Measurement 2 46 Test Mask Interpolation 2 100 Fade Profile Table 2 0 0 2 2 5 29 Contents 9 Tables Contents 10 1 1 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8 A 1 B 1 B 2 C 1 C 2 Recommended Cables Fader IEEE 488 2 Common C mmands Standard Event Status Enable Register Standard Event Status Register OPT Fader Option Numbers Parallel Poll Enable Register Preset Values Service Request Enable Ree aier The Status Byte Error Messages Specifications Supplemental Shatetetiavics i CON Figure function and MEASure function Parameters FETCh function and READ R Parameters SCPI Conformance 1 6 4 3 4 7 4 10 4 20 4 23 4 25 4 30 4 32 A 3 B 2 B 4 C 3 C 4 D 3 General Information Description DRTS This volume provides dictionary style reference material for the HP 11757B Multipath Fading Simulator This includes m Descriptions of all front panel keys and functions organized alphabetically m HP IB Reference including 0 Introduction to Remote Programming c Common Commands c Root and Subsystem HP IB Commands m Appendix A Error Messages m Appendix B Specifications m Appendix C Advanced HP IB Measurements m Appendix D HP IB Compl
13. Bit Weight Condition 15 32768 Not used always 0 14 16384 Not used always 0 13 8192 Not used always 0 12 4096 Not used always 0 11 2048 Not used always 0 10 1024 Not used always 0 9 512 Not used always 0 8 256 0 instrument is calibrated 1 instrument is uncalibrated 7 128 Not used always 0 6 64 Not used always 0 5 32 0 frequency is calibrated 1 frequency is uncalibrated 4 16 Not used always 0 3 8 0 depth or attenuation is calibrated 1 depth or attenuation is uncalibrated 2 4 Not used always 0 1 2 Not used always 0 0 1 Not used always 0 Example Command Example Query There is no command for this query To read the contents of the Fader s Questionable Condition register run the following program 10 OUTPUT 714 STAT QUES COND 20 ENTER 714 Ques_cond 30 PRINT Ques_cond 40 END 5 121 STATus QUE Stionable CONDition Read Questionable Condition Register HP 11757B Related Commands 5 122 See Also Status Questionable STATus QUEStionable ENABle STATus QUEStionable P TRansition STATus QUEStionable NTRansition STB Common Commands Related Documents in Appendix D HP 11757B STATus QUE Stionable ENABle Questionable Event Enable Register STATus QUEStionable ENABle Questionable Event Enable Register Syntax Description STATus QUEStionable ENABle number Where number is the number representing the value of bits in
14. read_points read_phase Returns sweep rate depth pairs collected by the previous INITIATE command The number of pairs of data will be equal to read_points read _phase can be MINimum NONMinimum or BOTH If BOTH is chosen the number of pairs of data will be equal to 2 points with MINimum data returned first read_points cannot be bigger than the measurement data s points read_phase cannot conflict with the measurement data s phase HP 11757B Using FETCh function DYNAMIC M 5 steps 1 Set up FREQ STAR FREQ STOP FM DEV FM INT RATE CALC SMO STAT TRIG2 TIM and SWE SLEW RATE If using BER criteria set up TRIG2 BER TRIG2 BER ECO TRIG2 BER FREQ TRIG2 BER MULT ERROR IMP ERROR COUP and TRIG2 LEV It is recommended that the SCPI commands TRIG2 ECL and TRIG2 TTL be used instead of ERROR COUP If using ALARm criteria set up ALARM POL CONF ARR DYN FM points phase criteria mksearch This configures for a Dynamic M measurement points describes how many measurement points to use phase can be MINimum NONMinimum or BOTH criteria can be BER or ALARm mksearch can be ON or OFF INITIATE This tells the Fader to make a measurement based on the above CONFigure No measurement data is returned on the HP IB bus it is simply stored in the Fader for FETCh function to query FETC ARR DYN FM read_points
15. t care 5 32 0 inhibit a one to zero state change of the trigger wait bit from setting bit 5 in the Operation Event register 1 enable a one to zero state change of the trigger wait bit to set bit 5 in the Operation Event register 4 16 0 inhibit a one to zero state change of the measuring bit from setting bit 4 in the Operation Event register 1 enable a one to zero state change of the measuring bit to set bit 4 in the Operation Event register 3 8 0 inhibit a one to zero state change of the sweeping bit from setting bit 3 in the Operation Event register 1 enable a one to zero state change of the sweeping bit to set bit 3 in the Operation Event register 2 4 X don t care 1 2 0 inhibit a one to zero state change of the settling bit from setting bit 1 in the Operation Event register 1 enable a one to zero state change of the settling bit to set bit 1 in the Operation Event register 0 1 X don t care 5 113 STATus OPERation NTRansition Operation Negative Transition Reg HP 11757B Example Command Example Query Related Commands 5 114 See Also To enable the measuring bit in the Operation Condition register to set the measuring bit in the Operation Event register on a one to zero state change run the following program 10 OUTPUT 714 STAT OPER NTR 16 20 END To read the contents of the Fader s Operation Negative Transition register run the fo
16. the Status Byte A one in the Service Request Enable Register will enable the corresponding bit in the Status Byte a zero will disable the bit Refer to Table 4 7 for the bits in the Service Request Enable Register and what they mask The SRE query returns the current value 4 29 SRE Service Request Enable HP 11757B Example Command Example Query Related Commands See Also 4 30 Table 4 7 Service Request Enable Register Service Request Enable Register High Enables the SRQ bit Bit Weight Enables 7 128 OPERation status bit 64 cannot be set always 0 32 ESB Event Status Bit 16 MAV Message Available QUEStionable status bit Oo wo e OD Not used don t care Oo ee Not used don t care 0 1 Not used don t care The following example program enables a service request to be generated when any error occurs 10 OUTPUT 714 ESE 60 20 OUTPUT 714 SRE 32 30 END To read the Fader s Service Request Enable Register run the following program 10 OUTPUT 714 SRE 20 ENTER 714 Srq_enab 30 PRINT Srq_enab 40 END PRE STB Related Documents in Appedix D HP 11757B STB Read Status Byte Query STB Returned Format lt value gt lt NL gt Where lt value gt 0 through 255 The STB query returns the current value of the Fader s status byte The MSS Master Summary Status bit is reported on bit 6 instead of the R
17. 2 Use the appropriate command s in step 2 above to modify the field s you wish 5 30 HP 11757B Note Y Description of LIST Subsystem The Fader automatically makes the number of points containing data always be that of the maximum number of points for which data was input by the user It does this in the following way Suppose that say points 1 through 67 contain frequency data points 1 through 13 contain attenuation data points 1 through 40 contain depth data points 1 through 23 contain phase data and points 1 through 2 contain time data Then points 14 through 67 will contain the same attentuation value as point 13 points 41 through 67 will contain the same depth value as point 40 points 24 through 67 will contain the same phase value as point 23 and points 3 through 67 will contain the same time value as point 2 The number of points value returned by a query however is always the number you entered it does not include any of the points automatically added by the Fader HP 11757B LIST FREQuency Enter Frequency Values into Fade Profile Table Syntax Description Example Command lt NRf gt freq suff MAXimum MINimum lt NRf gt freq suff gt lt MAXimum peeks MINimum LIST FREQuency MAXimum LIST FREQuency MINimum MAXimum LIST FREQuency POINts MINimum Sets the frequency field values for the Fade Profile Table You may set frequency values in a maximum o
18. 2 83 SWEep ALL 5 24 MODE 5 28 SLEW 5 26 SLEW RATE 5 27 TIME 5 25 SWEEP ALL 2 87 SWEEP ATTEN 2 88 SWEEP DEPTH 2 90 SWEEP FREQ 2 92 sweep mode for frequency depth and attenuation set values for 5 24 single set value of 5 28 SWEEP ON OFFs 2 94 Sweep Parameters 2 78 2 80 2 94 sweep time 2 82 set 5 25 synchronization 2 96 syntax conventions and definitions for commands 3 3 SYSTem COMMunicate GPIB ADDRess 5 87 COMMunicate PRINter DESTination 5 88 COMMunicate PRINter DUMP 5 89 COMMunicate PRINter STATe 5 91 DATE 5 92 ERRor 5 94 KEY 5 96 TIME 5 100 VERSion 5 102 T test mask 2 99 load x data for minimum phase 5 67 load x data for nonminimum phase 5 68 load y data for minimum phase 5 69 load y data for nonminimum phase 5 70 number of failures 5 72 overview 5 64 Pass Fail 5 71 turn on off 5 66 TEST MASK 2 99 test parameters 2 47 time set 5 100 time suff meaning of in commands 3 6 TLK Annunicator D 17 TRG 4 34 TRIGger SOUR ce 5 45 TRIGger2 BER 5 46 BER ECOunt 5 47 BER FREQuency 5 48 Index 17 Index 18 BER MULTiplier 5 49 BER SYMBol TIME 5 50 ECL 5 51 LEVel 5 52 TIMer 5 54 TTL 5 53 Trigger Command 4 34 trigger source for Fader set 5 45 TST 4 35 TTL for ERROR PULSE INPUT set 5 53 URQ user request 4 7 WAI 4 36 WAI Command D 12 D 13 D 14 Wait to Continue Command 4 36
19. 3 3E 4 1E 4 3E 5 1E 5 1E 6 1 MHz sec to 6 GHz sec 10 20 100 300 600 1200 MHz sec 1 2 4 6 10 20 MHz 0 01 to 100 0 2 where n 2 to 15 100 Static M Dynamic M Dynamic S 200 Hysteresis M 1 ms to 6 sec 1 ms 47 dB typ 38 dB typ BER type is only available in serial prefixes 3215A and above variable theshold is only available in serial prefixes 3235A and above Typpruefungsergebnis nach DIN 45635 pt 19 B 6 C Advanced HP IB Measurements Introduction To make HP IB measurements less confusing for beginning users FETCh function READ function and MEASure function were not included in the HP IB Commands chapter Only the FETCh INI Tiate IM Mediate CONFigure function and CONFigure commands were included in the HP IB Commands chapter In the HP IB Commands chapter the measurement examples always used a sequence of CONFigure function INITiate IM Mediate and FETCh to perform measurements This is probably the most straightforward way of performing a measurement from HP IB because it mirrors the steps taken when using the front panel However this example sequence is only a subset of the many ways to use SCPI commands and queries to do a measurement in the Fader This appendix gives the whole picture of how to use all the SCPI measurement commands and queries The following sections give an overview and details regarding
20. A study in statistics arrives at the table below which shows the relationship between ERROR BITS and the maximum percent error possible in the BER calculation Use this as a guide when selecting an ERROR BITS setting Detailed Operating Instructions HP 11757B 2 34 Note Y Error Bits True Error Maximum Error Counts 90 Confidence 2 4 120 3 8 78 4 16 54 5 32 34 6 64 22 7 128 16 8 256 11 9 512 7 0 10 1024 4 6 11 2048 3 2 12 4096 2 1 13 8192 1 4 14 16384 96 15 32768 64 The tradeoff that comes about with larger ERROR BITS numbers is increased measurement time As the 11757B waits to count more errors the measurement time will increase accordingly This effect is particularly noticeable when the ERROR CRITERIA is a very low BER such as 1E 6 When the DYNAMIC M or DYNAMIC S test is selected the 11757B will wait for at least one cycle of notch movement OR the number of errors specified in ERROR BITS whichever occurs LAST before it calculates a BER This insures the radio is subjected to a uniform dynamic test even under slow dynamic conditions HP 11757B Detailed Operating Instructions 6 PHASE This selects which phase will be measured MIN or NON MIN or BOTH If type BOTH is selected two separate measurements will be made BOTH is used only for Static M Dynamic M and Dynamic S If type MIN or NON MIN are selected the dispersive fade margin is calculated as if both phases are identic
21. ENTER 714 Start_depth 5 14 HP 11757B POWer DEPTh STARt PHASe Set Start Notch Phase POWer DEPTh STARt PHASe Set Start Notch Phase MINimum Syntax POWer DEPTh STARt PHASe l NONMinimum POWer DEPTh STARt PHASe Description Sets the start notch phase If depth sweep is active this restarts the sweep The Preset value is MIN The fastest way to set the start depth value and phase at the same time is like this OUTPUT 714 POW DEPT STAR 7OMHZ STAR PHAS MIN The query returns the start notch phase This query returns MIN or NONM so you must read it in as a string Example Command Sets the start notch depth phase to non minimum phase OUTPUT 714 POW DEPT STAR PHAS NONM Example Query OUTPUT 714 POW DEPT STAR PHAS ENTER 714 Start_phase HP 11757B POWer DEPTh STOP Set Stop Notch Depth Syntax lt NR gt POWer DEPTh STOP lt MAXimum MINimum MAXimum POWer DEPTh STOP MINimum Description Sets the stop notch depth for sweeps If depth sweep is active this restarts the sweep Input range is 0dB to 99 9dB The Preset value is 20dB The query returns the stop notch depth setting Example Command Sets the stop notch depth value to its maximum depth 99 9 dB OUTPUT 714 POW DEPT STOP MAX Example Query OUTPUT 714 POW DEPT STOP ENTER 714 Stop_depth HP 11757B POWer DEPTh STOP PHASe Set Stop Notch Phase POWer DEPTh STOP PHASe Set Stop Notch Phase MINimum Syntax
22. Example Query Returns the number of points which you previously entered notch depth phase data into in the Fade Profile Table OUTPUT 714 LIST POW DEPT PHAS POIN ENTER 714 Points The value of Points will be in the range from 1 through 2000 5 39 HP 11757B LIST PRESet Preset Fade Profile Table Syntax LIST PRESet Description Presets the frequency attenuation depth phase and time fields in point 1 of the Fade Profile Table to predefined values These values are as follows frequency 70M Hz attenuation 0dB depth 0dB phase MIN time 5sec The execution of the LIST PRESet command includes the equivalent of one execution of the command LIST SSEQuencen 1 0 for each fade event n Note ll All the old Fade Profile Table data will be lost after 9 issuing this command Example Command Sets all the fade profile SSEQ indexes to 1 0 and presets point 1 of the Fade Profile Table to the above values OUTPUT 714 LIST PRES 5 40 HP 11757B LIST SSEQuencen Set Start Stop Indexes for Fade Events LIST SSEQuencen Set Start Stop Indexes for Fade Events Syntax lt NRf gt lt NRf gt LIST SSEQuencen 4 MAXimum gt 4 MAXimum MINimum MINimum vue ar eat LIST SSEQuencen MINimum MINimum Description Sets the start and stop indexes for fade event number n ncan be a value from 0 through 9 The indexes are indexes into the Fade Profile Table For a definition of index see the
23. HP IB controller is sending the string correctly In addition insure that the controller loaded the learn string correctly in the first place Note The LRN function always returns the same length string regardless of the state of the Fader but the LRN can change if the firmware version changes 220 Parameter error INCORRECT 2315 Correct the number of bytes sent in BLOCK SIZE WITH the Min Notch Depth calibration CAL MINDEPTH DATA table 220 Parameter error INCORRECT 2320 Correct the number of bytes sent in BLOCK SIZE WITH the Non Min Notch Depth CAL NMINDEPTH DATA calibration table 220 Parameter error INCORRECT 2325 Correct the number of bytes sent in BLOCK SIZE WITH CAL FREQ DATA the Minimum Notch Frequency calibration table A 22 HP 11757B HP IB Commands Table A 1 Error Messages continued Error Message Detail Action Required Number Number 220 Parameter error INCORRECT 2330 Correct the number of bytes sent in BLOCK SIZE WITH CAL MINFLAT DATA the Min Flatness calibration table 220 Parameter error INCORRECT 2335 Correct the number of bytes sent in BLOCK SIZE WITH the Non Min Flatness calibration CAL NMINFLAT DATA table 220 Parameter error INCORRECT 2340 Correct the number of bytes sent in BLOCK SIZE WITH the Attenuation calibration table CAL ATT DATA 220 Parameter error INCORRECT 2380 Correct the number of
24. Incorrect number of parameters 7OMHZ TONE ON OFF 2121 Correct the HP IB controller program so that the HP IB TONE70 STAT or TONE140 STAT command has exactly 1 parameter the HP IB query may have exactly 0 parameters 107 Incorrect number of parameters 75MHZ TONE ON OFF 2126 Correct the HP IB controller program so that the HP IB TONE7S STAT or TONE145 STAT command has exactly 1 parameter the HP IB query may have exactly 0 parameters 107 Incorrect number of parameters NO SWEEP MIN NON MIN 2131 Correct the HP IB controller program so that the HP IB non swept phase command has exactly 1 parameter the HP IB query may have exactly 0 parameters A 32 HP 11757B HP IB Commands Table A 1 Error Messages continued Error Message Detail Action Required Number Number 107 Incorrect number of 2136 Correct the HP IB controller parameters START MIN NON MIN program so that the HP IB start phase command has exactly 1 parameter the HP IB query may have exactly 0 parameters 107 Incorrect number of 2141 Correct the HP IB controller parameters STOP MIN NON MIN program so that the HP IB stop phase command has exactly 1 parameter the HP IB query may have exactly 0 parameters 107 Incorrect number of 2161 Correct the HP IB controller parameters SINGLE SWEEP program so that the HP IB single ON OFF sweep command has exactly 1 parameter the
25. MHz 62 5 65 0 67 5 70 0 72 5 75 0 77 5 RR Ree He l dB 16 18 17 17 17 18 16 dB OS Ov Orc p p pa ee roy Freq Phase Depth Atten Time S 714 DIAG 714 DIAG 714 DIAG 714 DIAG 714 DIAG 714 DIAG 714 DIAG PROF 62 5E6 1 16 0 1 PROF 65E6 1 18 0 1 PROF 67 5E6 1 17 0 1 PROF 70E6 1 17 0 1 PROF 72 5E6 1 17 0 1 PROF 75E6 1 18 0 1 PROF 77 5E6 1 16 0 1 HP 11757B HP IB ADDRESS Description Local Procedure Remote Procedure Detailed Operating Instructions HP IB ADDRESS allows the user to modify the HP IB address of the Fader Values range from 0 30 with 40 as listen only and 50 as talk only To modify the HP IB ADDRESS 1 Activate MORE SHIFT then PRESET LOCAL The Fader will display a MORE operation title with a blinking digit 2 Use A or to modify the blinking digit until the display reads 5 HP IB ADRS 3 Press the ENTER key The Fader will display ADDRESS 14 with one blinking digit 4 Modify the blinking digit see below until the desired HP IB address is displayed a Use A and to modify the blinking digit b Use 4 and gt to move to the adjacent digit c Press the ENTER key It is possible to set HP IB addresses over HP IB directly See HP IB chapter 5 2 27 Detailed Operating Instructions HP 11757B INIT Description The INITialize feature is found under the MORE key as
26. MINimum Sets the attenuation field values for the Fade Profile Table You may set attenuation values in a maximum of 2000 points in the Table RST does not affect the Table Same input range as POW ATT The LIST POWer ATTenuation query returns the values of the attenuation field in all points you previously entered attentuation data into in the Fade Profile Table The LIST POWer AT Tenuation POINts query returns the number of points which the LIST POWer ATTenuation query will return Immediately after the LIST PRESet command has been executed this query will return 1 HP 11757B LIST POWer ATTenuation Enter Attenuation Values into Fade Profile Table Example Command Example Query Example Query Loads a sequence of attenuations 2 3 dB 10 1 dB 3 5 dB and 99 0 dB into points 1 2 3 4 respectively in the Fade Profile Table OUTPUT 714 LIST POW ATT 2 3 10 1 3 5 99 Returns the attenuation values in all points you previously entered attenuation data into in the Fade Profile Table OUTPUT 714 LIST POW ATT ENTER 714 Array Returns the number of points you have previously entered attenuation data into in the Fade Profile Table OUTPUT 714 LIST POW ATT POIN ENTER 714 Points The value of Points will be in the range from 1 through 2000 5 35 HP 11757B LIST POWer DEPTh Enter Depth Values into Fade Profile Table Syntax Description Example Command 5 36 lt NRf gt D
27. Sets 1E 3 threshold OUTPUT 714 FREQ RATE START 10MHZ Sets Start Rate CONFigure ARRay DYNamic SWEep Configure Dynamic S Measurement HP 11757B 5 76 OUTPUT 714 FReQ RATE STOP 100MHZ Sets Stop Rate 1 The following CONFIGURE command sets up a Dynamic S measurement 10 points Both phases and BER Criteria 1 OUTPUT 714 CONFIGURE ARRAY DYN SWE 10 BOTH BER OUTPUT 714 INITIATE Starts the measurement OUTPUT 714 FETCH Gets the measured data ENTER 714 Array Example Query This query returns a string which looks like the full CONFigure command needed to represent the current measurement setup with all optional subsystems and parameters included OUTPUT 714 CONFIGURE ENTER 714 Configure HP 11757B CONFigure ARRay HYSTeresis Configure Hysteresis M Curve Meas CONFigure ARRay HYSTeresis Configure Hysteresis M Curve Meas Syntax Description Example Command OPTION BASE 1 DIM Array 80 lt NRf gt CONFigure ARRay HYSTeresis 4 MAXimum MINimum BER ON gt ALARm OFF Configures for a Hysteresis M Curve measurement The first parameter is the number of points in the measurement This is required and must be in parenthesis The second parameter is BER for bit error rate criteria or ALARm for ALARM criteria if omitted BER is assumed The specific BER criteria is set up with the TRIGger2 BER THReshold command The third parameter turns the MK SEARCH on
28. inhibit a depth or attenuation uncalibrated event from setting bit 3 in the status byte 1 enable a depth or attenuation uncalibrated event to set bit 3 in the status byte 2 4 X don t care 1 2 X don t care 0 1 X don t care Example Command 5 124 To enable a frequency uncalibrated event in the Questionable Event register to set bit 3 in the status byte run the following program 10 OUTPUT 714 STAT QUES ENAB 32 20 END HP 11757B STATus QUE Stionable ENABle Questionable Event Enable Register Example Query Related Commands See Also To read the contents of the Fader s Questionable Event Enable register run the following program 10 OUTPUT 714 STAT QUES ENAB 20 ENTER 714 Ques_enab 30 PRINT Ques_enab 40 END Status Questionable STATus QUEStionable CON Dition STATus QUEStionable PTRansition STATus QUEStionable NTRansition STB Common Commands Related Documents in Appendix D 5 125 HP 11757B STATus QUEStionable Read Questionable Event Register 5 126 Syntax Description STATus QUEStionable The STATus QUEStionable query returns the contents of the Questionable Event register The Questionable Event register holds a record of the state changes in the Questionable Condition register that were enabled by the Questionable Edge Registers The Questionable Edge Registers are the Questionable Positive Transition Register and th
29. parameter 107 Incorrect number of 2086 Correct the HP IB controller parameters SLEW program so that the HP IB slew command has exactly 1 parameter the HP IB query may have 0 or 1 parameters 107 Incorrect number of 2096 Correct the HP IB controller parameters FREQ SWEEP program so that the HP IB notch frequency sweep mode command has exactly 1 parameter the HP IB query may have exactly 0 parameters 107 Incorrect number of 2101 Correct the HP IB controller parameters DEPTH SWEEP program so that the HP IB notch depth sweep mode command has exactly 1 parameter the HP IB query may have exactly 0 parameters A 31 HP IB Commands HP 11757B Table A 1 Error Messages continued Error Number Message Detail Number Action Required 107 Incorrect number of parameters ATTEN SWEEP 2106 Correct the HP IB controller program so that the HP IB attenuation sweep mode command has exactly 1 parameter the HP IB query may have exactly 0 parameters 107 Incorrect number of parameters SWEEP MODE 2111 Correct the HP IB controller program so that the HP IB all sweep mode command has exactly 1 parameter 107 Incorrect number of parameters 67MHZ TONE ON OFF 2116 Correct the HP IB controller program so that the HP IB TONE67 STAT or TONE137 STAT command has exactly 1 parameter the HP IB query may have exactly 0 parameters 107
30. 1 parameter the HP IB query may have exactly 0 parameters 107 Incorrect number of 2586 Correct the HP IB controller parameters PRINTER OUTPUT program so that the HP IB print request command has exactly 1 parameter 107 Incorrect number of 2601 Correct the HP IB controller parameters RADIO BIT RATE program so that the HP IB radio bit rate command has exactly 1 parameter the HP IB query may have 0 or 1 parameters A 41 HP IB Commands HP 11757B Table A 1 Error Messages continued Error Message Detail Action Required Number Number 107 Incorrect number of 2606 Correct the HP IB controller parameters RADIO SCALE program so that the HP IB radio FACTOR error scale factor command has exactly 1 parameter the HP IB query may have 0 or 1 parameters 107 Incorrect number of 2616 Correct the HP IB controller parameters RADIO ALARM program so that the HP IB radio POLARITY alarm polarity command has exactly 1 parameter the HP IB query may have exactly 0 parameters 107 Incorrect number of 2636 Correct the HP IB controller parameters MEAS SETUP START program so that the HP IB RATE measurement start rate command has exactly 1 parameter the HP IB query may have 0 or 1 parameters 107 Incorrect number of 2641 Correct the HP IB controller parameters MEAS SETUP STOP program so that the HP IB RATE measurement stop rate command has exactly 1 parameter the HP
31. 14 Press SHIFT then NOTCH DEPTH The program codes for MIN and NON MIN are POW DEPT PHAS MIN and POW DEPT PHAS NONM To sweep phase just sweep notch depth The following line shows how to set a starting phase of NON MIN OUTPUT 714 POW DEPT STAR PHAS NONM The following line sets the stop phase to MIN OUTPUT 714 POW DEPT STOP PHAS MIN The following line sets notch phase to minimum POW DEPT PHAS MIN Detailed Operating Instructions HP IB Program Codes 2 58 HP 11757B Keystroke Program Code MIN PHASE NON MIN PHASE SET START SET STOP POW DEPT PHAS MIN POW DEPT PHAS NONM POW DEPT STAR PHAS MIN POW DEPT STAR PHAS NONM POW DEPT STOP PHAS MIN POW DEPT STOP PHAS NONM Comments PRESET sets phase to MIN start phase to MIN and stop phase to MIN HP 11757B PRESET LOCAL Description Detailed Operating Instructions The PRESET LOCAL key sets the Fader to a known state Preset conditions are shown in the following table When the Fader is in remote mode pressing the PRESET LOCAL key places the instrument in local mode Local mode gives control of the Fader to the front panel keys Preset Values Parameter Condition AGC Bandwidth 30 MHz AGC Frequency 70 MHz 140 in Opt 140 AGC ON OFF OFF Alarm Polarity Positive ATTENUATION 0 0 dB DATA POINTS 10 DELAY 6 3 ns DEVIATION 1 MHz DFM TYPE Bellcore DISPLAY ON ERROR BITS 1024 2 10 ERROR
32. 2 Documentation gee a ae a 1 4 Safety Gonsidegitions Taio 1 5 Instruments Covered by this Martial 1 5 Specifications 1 5 Options 28 2 RoE hoe ee EA eS 1 6 Detailed Operating Instructions Detailed Operating Instructions 2 1 ATTOWS oa leah Go Chery a ER Re 2 2 ATTEN dee ese ta M 2 3 Automatic Gain Coitiel AGC bs oe 2 6 BACK SP cna 8 os ei Bah of a el 2 10 DATAENTRY i sie ces jos ene Se Re ake 2 11 DELAY vege ce ne 28 ot Seog ee Gack te Fe g 2 12 Display oc 54 SA a a ee 2 13 ENTERS 42a yg des Wee ye Bb es 2 14 EXIT se Bo cay pete ho aid ee Oh Re atk 2 16 Fade Event 2 17 Fast Programming of Nadr arameters Remote Only oaa aaa a 2 25 HP IB ADDRESS aaa 2 27 ENEE o ei ae oh vies a Mo eh te Ge a bo g9 Ag 2 28 MBAS afecioni a A oh a ee Bs 2 29 MEAS SETUP o Siso ea i 2 32 Contents 1 Contents 2 3 MEAS TYPE MORE NOTCH DEPTH NOTCH FREQ PHASE PRESET LOCAL PRINTER RADIO SETUP RECALL SAVE SELF TEST Service Mode SET YMD date SET HMS MORE function 10 SET START SET STOP SET TIME Single Sweep SLEW TIME SLOPES SWEEP ALL SWEEP ATTEN SWEEP DEPTH SWEEP FREQ SWEEP ON OFFs SYNCHRONIZATION TEST MASK Introduction to Remote Programming of HP 11757B SCPI Controllers Other Than Hewlett Packard Programming and Documentation Conventions Notation Conventions and Definitions Command Structure 2
33. 2 96 Local Procedure Two Faders can be synchronized using the Auxiliary Interface found on the back panel of the instruments One Fader must be set up as the MMediate unit and the other the EX Ternal unit The immediate unit will send a signal via the Auxiliary Interface Cable to synchronize operation of the two units To set up two faders for synchronization 1 Connect the Auxiliary Interface Cable to the back panel of both instruments 2 On the unit you with to serve as the source of the synchronization signal press SHIFT then PRESET LOCAL 3 Use the 4 key to find and display 6 SYNC SOUR 4 Press ENTER 5 The display will read either SYNC SRC IMM or SYNC SRC EXT 6 If the display reads SYNC SRC EXT press the 4 key to display SYNC SRC IMM 7 Press ENTER 8 On the unit you with to serve as the slave of the synchronization signal press SHIFT then PRESET LOCAL 9 Use the 4 key to find and display 6 SYNC SOUR 10 Press ENTER 11 The display will read either SYNC SRC IMM or SYNC SRC EXT 12 If the display reads SYNC SRC IMM press the A key to display SYNC SRC EXT 13 Press ENTER The two Faders are ready for synchronized operation HP 11757B HP 11757B Remote Procedure Detailed Operating Instructions After readying the master and slave for synchronization you can synchronize sweeps and fade event
34. 2456 Correct the HP IB controller program so that the HP IB AGC bandwidth command has exactly 1 parameter the HP IB query may have 0 or 1 parameters 107 Incorrect number of parameters TRIGGER SOURCE 2466 Correct the HP IB controller program so that the HP IB trigger synchronization command has exactly 1 parameter the HP IB query may have exactly 0 parameters 107 Incorrect number of parameters INST CAT 2481 Correct the HP IB controller program so that the HP IB INST CAT query has exactly 0 parameter A 39 HP IB Commands HP 11757B Table A 1 Error Messages continued Error Number Message Detail Number Action Required 107 Incorrect number of parameters INST DEF 2486 Correct the HP IB controller program so that the HP IB INST DEF query has exactly 1 parameter 107 Incorrect number of parameters SWEEP DIRECTION 2491 Correct the HP IB controller program so that the HP IB SWE DIR command has exactly 1 parameter the HP IB query may have exactly 0 parameters 107 Incorrect number of parameters TSOU RCE LIST GEN 2496 Correct the HP IB controller program so that the HP IB TSOURCE LIST GEN command has exactly 1 parameter the HP IB query may have exactly 0 parameters 107 Incorrect number of parameters 3 TONE FREQ LIST 2501 Correct the HP IB controller program so that the HP IB thr
35. 3 in the Questionable Event register 2 4 X don t care 1 2 X don t care 0 1 X don t care 5 133 STATus QUE Stionable P TRansition Questionable Positive Transition Register HP 11757B Example Command Example Query Related Commands 5 134 See Also To enable the frequency uncalibrated bit in the Questionable Condition register to set the instrument uncalibrated bit in the Operation Event register on a zero to one state change run the following program 10 OUTPUT 714 STAT QUES PTR 32 20 END To read the contents of the Fader s Questionable Positive Transition register run the following program 10 OUTPUT 714 STAT QUES PTR 20 ENTER 714 Ques_ptr 30 PRINT Ques_ptr 40 END Status Questionable STATus QU EStionable CON Dition STATus QUEStionable ENABle STATus QU EStionable NTRansition STB Common Commands Related Documents in Appendix D HP 11757B DISPlay DISPlay Enable Disable Display Enable Disable Display Syntax Description Example Command Example Query ON DISPlay OFF DISPlay Enables Disables the display Preset ON Presetting the instrument will turn the display ON Cycling the power will turn the display on When the display is off only the message DISPLAY OFF will be displayed on the Fader The display state is saved in the save recall registers The query returns whether the display is enabled or dis
36. 5 38 Syntax Description lt NRf gt LIST POWer DEPTh PHASe 4 MINimum NONMinimum lt NRf gt gt lt MINimum iy ete NONMinimum LIST POWer DEPTh PHASe MAXimum LIST POWer DEPTh PHASe POINts MINimum Sets the phase field values for the phase part of the Fade Profile Table You may set phase values in a maximum of 2000 phases in the Table You may also use 1 for MINimum and 0 for NONMinimum RST does not affect the table The LIST POWer DEPTh PHASe query returns the value of the phase field in all points you previously entered phase data into in the Fade Profile Table This query returns 1 for MINimum phase and 0 for NONMinimum phase The LIST POWer DEPTh PHASe POINts query returns the number of values which the LIST POWer DEPTh PHASe query will return Immediately after the execution of the LIST PRESet command this query will return 1 HP 11757B LIST POWer DEPTh PHASe Enter Phase Values into Fade Profile Table Example Command Loads a sequence of notch depth phases non minimum phase non minimum phase minimum phase and non minimum phase into points 1 2 3 4 respectively in the Fade Profile Table Both of the following commands are equivalent OUTPUT 714 LIST POW DEPT PHAS NONM NONM MIN NONM OUTPUT 714 LIST POW DEPT PHAS 0 0 1 0 Example Query Returns the depth phase value in all points you previously entered depth phase data into OUTPUT 714 LIST POW DEPT PHAS ENTER 714 Array
37. 75 Index 4 Phase 5 75 start frequency 5 22 start rate 5 20 stop frequency 5 23 stop rate 5 21 Dynamic S Curve 2 44 with FETCh C 20 with MEAS C 9 with READ C 14 ECL for ERROR PULSE INPUT set 5 51 EDGE ZOOM 2 36 enable disable 5 63 ENTER 2 14 ERRor COUPling 5 55 IM Pedance 5 56 ERROR BITS 2 33 error messages A 1 52 ERROR PULSE INPUT 1 2 set coupling for 5 55 set ECL 5 51 set impedance for 5 56 set TTL 5 53 ERROR PULSE threshold set 5 52 error queue 4 4 read 5 94 error rate sampling 2 33 ESE 46 ESR 49 ESR Event Summary 4 7 Event Status Register 4 9 Execution Error A 2 EXIT 2 16 Index 5 Index 6 fade event 2 17 2 97 2 98 definition of 5 29 set start stop indexes defining a 5 41 fade margin determine dispersive 5 86 Fade Profile Table definition of 5 29 enter attenuation values for 5 34 enter depth values for 5 36 enter frequency values for 5 32 enter phase values for 5 38 enter time values for 5 42 preset values in 5 40 set editing mode for 5 44 Fader Interruptions D 12 fast programming 2 25 FETch DFM 5 86 FETCh function C 19 function default parameters C 5 function optional parameters C 5 FETCh 5 84 field in a Fader Profile Table definition of 5 29 flat fade attenuation 2 3 FM DEViation 5 60 IN Ternal RATE 5 61 freq per second suff meaning of in commands 3 6 freq suff meaning of in commands 3 6 frequency start fr
38. 76e6 82e6 88e6 94e6 10026 OUTPUT 714 CALC LIM LOW MIN 40 35 30 22 15 15 15 22 30 35 40 Example Query A query of any of the four commands will return the 11 data values that are currently stored For example to download the Y values for minimum phase that were entered in the above example you would use the following OUTPUT 714 CALC LIM UPP MIN ENTER 714 Y0 Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y6 Y7 Y8 Y9 Y10 5 65 HP 11757B CALCulate LIMit STATe Turn Test Mask On Off ON Syntax CALCulate LIMit STATe l a CALCulate LIMit STATe Description Turns the test mask on and off Preset OFF The query returns the on off state of test mask Example Command OUTPUT 714 CALC LIM STAT ON Example Query OUTPUT 714 CALC LIM STAT ENTER 714 Test_mask_flag 5 66 HP 11757B CALCulate LIMit CONTrol MINimum Load Test Mask x Min Data CALCulate LIMit CONTrol MINimum Load Test Mask x Min Data Syntax Description Example Command Example Query CALCulate LIMit CONTrol MINimum value value CALCulate LIMit CONTrol MINimum Loads the Minimum phase x axis data values for the test mask The maximum number of data values that can be entered is 11 Loading this data always presets the existing data to Notch Frequency preset value first Preset has no effect on the values of the test mask The query returns the data as a list of numbers separated by commas See the beginning of t
39. Command Example Query Related Commands See Also STATus PRESet Preset STATus Registers To set the status registers listed above to a preset state run the following program 10 OUTPUT 714 STAT PRES 20 END There is no query for this command STATus 0 PERation EVENt STATus 0PERation CONDition STATus OPERation ENABle STATus O0PERation NT Ransition STATus 0PERation PTRansition Status Questionable STATus QUEStionable CON Dition STATus QUEStionable ENABle STATus QUEStionable NTRansition STATus QUEStionable PTRansition STB Common Commands Related Documents in Appendix D 5 119 HP 11757B STATus QUEStionable CONDition Read Questionable Condition Register 5 120 Syntax Description STATus QUEStionable CONDition The STATus QUEStionable CONDition query returns the contents of the Questionable Condition register The Questionable Condition register is constantly updated as questionable conditions change No conditions are saved in this register When you read the contents of the Questionable Condition register the value returned is the total bit weights of all the bits that are high at the time you read it When you read the contents of the Questionable Condition register using this command the register s contents are not altered HP 11757B STATus QUEStionable CONDition Read Questionable Condition Register Questionable Condition Register Bit Definitions
40. DIRection SCPI Confirmed SOU Rce 1 SWEep MODE SCPI Confirmed SOURce 1 SWEep SLEW SCPI Confirmed SOU Rce 1 5WEep SLEW RATE Non SCPI SOU Rce 1 SWEep TIME SCPI Confirmed D 8 HP 11757B SCPI Conformance Information Table D 1 SCPI Conformance continued Programming Command Status SOURce2 FREQuency MODE SCPI Confirmed SOURce2 FREQuency OF FSet SCPI Confirmed SOUR ce2 LIST FREQuency SCPI Confirmed SOUR ce2 LIST GENeration SCPI Confirmed SOURce2 LIST POINts SCPI Confirmed SOUR ce2 POWer LEVel SCPI Confirmed SRE IEEE 488 2 Required STATus 0 PERation CON Dition SCPI Confirmed STATus OPERation ENABLe SCPI Confirmed STATus OPERation EVENt SCPI Confirmed STATus OPERation NTRansition SCPI Confirmed STATus OPERation PTRansition SCPI Confirmed STATus PRESet SCPI Confirmed STATus QUEStionable CON Dition SCPI Confirmed STATus QUEStionable EN A Ble SCPI Confirmed STATus QUEStionable EVENt SCPI Confirmed STATus QUEStionable NTRansition SCPI Confirmed STATus QUEStionable PTRansition SCPI Confirmed D 9 SCPI Conformance Information Table D 1 SCPI Conformance continued HP 11757B Programming Command Status STB IEEE 488 2 Required SYSTem COM Municate GPIB A DDRess SCPI Confirm
41. Example Command To preset the Fader run the following program 10 OUTPUT 714 RST 20 END Example Query There is no query for this command Related Commands LRN RCL SAV PRESET LOCAL See Also Related Documents in Appedix D 4 27 SAV Save Command Syntax Description Example Command Example Query Related Commands See Also 4 28 HP 11757B SAV lt save_register gt Where lt save_register gt 1 through 10 The SAV command stores the current state of the Fader into an internal save register The data parameter is the number of the save register where the data will be saved Internal registers 1 through 10 are valid for this command The state saved and recalled is the same as the state affected by PRESET To save the Fader s state into save recall register number 3 run the following program 10 OUTPUT 714 SAV 3 20 END There is no query for this command LRN RCL RST PRESET LOCAL Related Documents in Appedix D HP 11757B SRE SRE Service Request Enable Service Request Enable Syntax Description SRE lt mask gt Where lt mask gt 0 to 255 SRE Returned Format lt mask gt lt NL gt Where lt mask gt sum of all bits that are set 0 through 191 The SRE command sets the Service Request Enable Register bits The Service Request Enable Register contains a mask value for the bits to be enabled in
42. HP 11757B Detailed Operating Instructions at 10E 3 and 10E 6 for MIN phase and NON MIN phase The data is divided into 6 fade events that can be replayed individually In this example the user would monitor the 10E 3 and 10E 6 alarm indicators while the fading events were running to determine a pass fail status for the radio s adaptive equalizer cards Event 0 MIN Phase Signature for 10E 3 Point Freq Depth Phase Atten Time MHz dB dB S 1 55 0 40 1 0 5 2 57 5 35 1 0 5 3 60 0 17 1 0 5 4 625 16 1 0 5 5 65 0 18 1 0 5 6 675 17 1 0 5 7 70 0 17 1 0 5 8 72 5 17 1 0 5 9 75 0 18 1 0 5 10 77 5 16 1 0 5 11 80 0 17 1 0 5 12 82 5 35 1 0 5 13 85 0 40 1 0 5 Detailed Operating Instructions 2 22 HP 11757B Event 1 NON MIN Phase Signature for 10E 3 Point Freq Depth Phase Atten Time MHz dB dB S 14 55 0 40 0 0 5 15 57 5 35 0 0 5 16 60 0 15 0 0 5 17 62 5 14 0 0 5 18 65 0 16 0 0 5 19 67 5 15 0 0 5 20 70 0 15 0 0 5 21 72 5 15 0 0 5 22 75 0 16 0 0 5 23 77 5 14 0 0 5 24 80 0 15 0 0 5 25 82 5 35 0 0 5 26 85 0 40 0 0 5 Event 3 MIN Phase Signature for 10E 6 Point Freq Depth Phase Atten Time MHz dB dB S 27 55 0 40 1 0 5 28 57 5 30 1 0 5 29 60 0 10 1 0 5 30 62 5 9 1 0 5 31 65 0 11 1 0 5 32 67 5 10 1 0 5 33 70 0 10 1 0 5 34 72 5 10 1 0 5 35 75 0 11 1 0 5 36 77 5 9 1 0 5 37 80 0 10 1 0 5 38 82 5 30 1 0 5 39 85 0 40 1 0 5 HP 11757B Detailed Operating Instructions E
43. HP IB controller ters LIST POW DEPTH POIN program so that the HP IB LIST POW DEPT POIN query has 0 or 1 parameters 107 Incorrect number of 2381 Correct the HP IB controller parameters CAL TTSLEVEL DATA program so that the HP IB CAL TTSLEVEL command has exactly 1 parameter the HP IB query may have exactly 1 parameter 107 Incorrect number of 2386 Correct the HP IB controller parameters CAL TTSFREQ DATA program so that the HP IB CAL TTSFREQ command has exactly 1 parameter the HP IB query may have exactly 1 parameter A 37 HP IB Commands HP 11757B Table A 1 Error Messages continued Error Message Detail Action Required Number Number 107 Incorrect number of 2396 Correct the HP IB controller parameters LIST TIME program so that the HP IB LIST POW DEPT command has from 1 to 2000 parameters 4000 with Option 001 the HP IB query may have 0 or parameters 107 Incorrect number of 2401 Correct the HP IB controller parameters LIST TIME POIN program so that the HP IB LIST TIME POIN query has 0 or 1 parameters 107 Incorrect number of parame 2406 Correct the HP IB controller ters LIST POW DEPT PHAS program so that the HP IB LIST POW DEPT PHAS command has from 1 to 2000 parameters 4000 with Option 001 the HP IB query may have 0 or parameters 107 Incorrect number of parame 2411 Correct the HP IB controller ters LIST POW DEPT PHAS PO
44. HP IB query may have exactly 0 parameters 107 Incorrect number of 2176 Correct the HP IB controller parameters 3 TONE FREQ program so that the HP IB three OFFSET tone frequency offset command has exactly 1 parameter the HP IB query may have 0 or 1 parameters 107 Incorrect number of 2181 Correct the HP IB controller parameters 3 TONE LEVEL program so that the HP IB three tone level command has exactly 1 parameter the HP IB query may have 0 or 1 parameters 107 Incorrect number of 2186 Correct the HP IB controller parameters DISPLAY ON OFF program so that the HP IB display enable command has exactly 1 parameter the HP IB query may have exactly 0 parameters A 33 HP IB Commands HP 11757B Table A 1 Error Messages continued Error Message Detail Action Required Number Number 107 Incorrect number of 2191 Correct the HP IB controller parameters SLOPES program so that the HP IB fixed slopes command has exactly 1 parameter the HP IB query may have 0 or 1 parameters 107 Incorrect number of parameters DIAG AVER 2196 Correct the HP IB controller program so that the HP IB DIAG AVER command has exactly 1 parameter the HP IB query may have 0 or 1 parameters 107 Incorrect number of parameters DIAG ABUS CAL 2201 Correct the HP IB controller program so that the HP IB DIAG ABUS CAL command has exactly 1 parameter the HP IB query may h
45. LIST POW DEPT PHAS Phase_array To store a set of MIN NON MIN phase points OUTPUT 714 LIST POW DEPT PHAS O 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 or OUTPUT 714 LIST POW DEPT PHAS NONM NONM MIN MIN NONM NONM NONM MIN NONM 2 19 Detailed Operating Instructions HP 11757B 2 20 Storing ATTEN Portion of Table To store the attenuation portion of the table use the LIST POW ATT command followed by the list of attenuations that will be stored into the table For example to store an array of attenuation points OUTPUT 714 LIST POW ATT Atten_array To store a set of attenuation points OUTPUT 714 LIST POW ATT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Storing Sweep Time Portion of Table To store the sweep time portion of the table use the LIST TIME command followed by the list of sweep times that will be stored into the table For example to store an array of sweep time points OUTPUT 714 LIST TIME Time_array To store a set of sweep time points OUTPUT 714 LIST TIME 1 E de 15 3335 55 Storing the Fade Event Positions To store where the the 10 Events start and stop use the LIST SSEQn command where n is 0 9 and is the Event number For example to set Event 0 to points 1 9 and Event 1 to points 5 7 OUTPUT 714 LIST SSEQO 1 9 SSEQ1 5 7 Example The following is an example of how to generate a fade event table and store it into the fader The data for the table is an example of a specific signature of a radio
46. Manual yet D 23 Index Special characters meaning of in syntax diagrams 3 3 meaning of in syntax diagrams 3 3 lt gt meaning of in syntax diagrams 3 3 meaning of in syntax diagrams 3 3 3 meaning of in syntax diagrams 3 3 AGC 2 6 AGC feature enable disable 5 2 ALARm COUPIling 5 57 IMPedance 5 58 POLarity 5 59 ALARM input read coupling of 5 57 set input impedance of 5 58 set polarity of 5 59 ALARM INPUT 1 2 Annunciators LSN D 17 RMT D 17 SRQ D 17 TLK D 17 arrow keys 2 2 attenuation 2 3 set fixed 5 5 Index 1 Index 2 start set for sweeps 5 7 stop set for sweeps 5 8 sweep mode control the 5 6 sweep time 2 82 Automatic Gain Control 2 6 auxiliary interface 2 96 Avoiding Fader Interruptions D 12 BACK SP 2 10 BASIC programming language 3 1 Bellcore 2 38 Bellcore DFM with FETCh C 24 with MEAS C 12 with READ C 18 BERT 1 2 BER threshold 5 46 accuracy 5 47 allow setting of 5 49 scale incoming errors 5 49 bit error rate 2 33 2 35 5 82 measurement 5 82 bit error rate measurement 2 47 with FETCh C 23 with MEAS C 11 with READ C 17 Bit Error Rate Tester 1 2 Bus Trigger 4 34 CALCulate LIMIT CONTrol 5 67 5 68 LIMit FAIL 5 71 LIMit FCOunt 5 72 LIMIT LOWer MINimum 5 69 LIMIT LOWer NON Minimum 5 70 LIMit STATe 5 66 SMOocthing STATe 5 63 capital letters meaning of in syntax diagrams 3 3 CCIR 2 38 CCIR DFM with FE
47. Mode Syntax Description Example Command 5 28 Example Query HP 11757B AUTO SWEep MODE MANual SWEep MODE Controls the single sweep mode AUTO means that sweeping is repeated continuously MAN means single sweep mode is enabled In this mode the Fader behaves as follows Fader at START The Fader sweeps from START to STOP at the sweep rate Fader at STOP The Fader sweeps from STOP to START at the sweep rate Fader somewhere else The Fader slews to the START at the slew rate and then sweeps from START to STOP at the sweep rate Preset AUTO The query returns the single sweep mode This query returns AUTO or MAN so you must read it in as a string Turns single sweep mode on OUTPUT 714 SWE MODE MAN Reads current single sweep mode OUTPUT 714 SWE MODE ENTER 714 Single_sweep HP 11757B Description of LIST Subsystem Description of The LIST subsystem controls the Fade Profile Table LIST Subsystem This Table which is illustrated in Fig 5 1 stores data which defines between 1 and 10 inclusive fade events POINTS FADE EVENT FREQUENCY ATTENUATION DEPTH PHASE TIME INDEX 1 2 3 j 2008 Figure 5 1 Fade Profile Table A fade event consists of between 1 and 2000 inclusive points but the total number of points in all fade events must be lt 2000 In Fader Option 001 the maximum number of points is 4000 A point in turn consists of five fields one each f
48. OPC ESE STB 4 10 HP 11757B ESR Standard Event Status Register Query See Also Error Messages Appendix Related Documents in Appedix D HP 11757B IDN Identification Query Syntax Description Example Command Example Query IDN Returned Format HEWLETT PACKARD lt id gt lt snum gt REV lt rr v gt lt NL gt Where lt id gt 11757A or 11757B lt snum gt i the serial number In the Fader the snum field is not set at the factory therefore it is always 0 lt rr u gt i the software revision of this Fader The IDN query allows the Fader to identify itself In serial prefixes 3215A and above option information is returned by OPT In serial prefixes less than 3215A the options were appended to the lt id gt returned by IDN In serial prefixes less than 3215A an 11757B option 001 was always an 11757A It returns the following HEWLETT PACKARD lt id gt lt snum gt REV lt rr v gt lt NL gt There is no command for this query To read the Fader s identification information run the following program 10 DIM Id 72 20 OUTPUT 714 IDN 30 ENTER 714 Id 40 PRINT Id 50 END HP 11757B Related Commands See Also IDN Identification Query If the Fader were a Hewlett Packard Model 11757B the above program should output something like the following to the controller s display HEWLETT PACKARD 11757B 0 REV12 6 In the output above
49. POWer DEPTh PHASe Set Notch Phase 5 12 Contents 3 Contents 4 POWer DEPTh SLOPes Set In Band Gain Slope 2 5 13 POWer DEPTh STARt Set Start Notch Depth 5 14 POWer DEPTh STARt PHASe Set Start Notch Phase 5 15 POWer DEPTh STOP Set Stop Notch Depth 5 16 POWer DEPTh STOP PHASe Set Stop Notch Phase 5 17 FREQuency Set Notch Frequency 5 18 FREQuency MODE Set Sweep Mode for Notch Frequency 5 19 FREQuency RATE STARt Set Freq Start Rate for Dynamic S Meas 5 20 FREQuency RATE STOP Set Freq Stop Rate for Dynamic S Meas 5 21 FREQuency STARt Set Start Frequency 5 22 FREQuency STOP Set Stop Frequency 5 23 SWEep ALL Control Sweep Mode for All Sweeps 5 24 SWEep TIME Set Sweep Time 5 25 SWEep SLEW Set Slew Time 5 26 SWEep SLEW RATE Set Maximum Slew Rate 5 27 SWEep MODE Set Single Sweep Mode 5 28 Description of LIST Subsystem 5 29 LIST FREQuency Enter Frequency Values into Fade Profile Table LIST POWer AT Tenuation Enter Attenuation Values into Fade Profile Table LIST POWer DEPTh Enter Depth Values into Fade Profile Table 5 36 LIST POWer DEPTh PHASe Enter Phase Values into Fade Profile Table 5 38 LIST PRESet Preset Fade Profile Table 5 40 LIST SSEQuencen Set Start Stop Indexes for Fade Events 5 41 5 32 5 34 LIST TIME Enter Time Values into Fade Profile Table 5 42 LIST UPDate Set Editing Mode fo
50. Register 5 106 Syntax Description STATus OPERation ENABle number Where number is the number representing the value of bits in the Operation Event Enable register to be set The number can be from 0 to 65535 STATus OPERation ENABle Returned format number lt lt NL gt Where number The current value of the Operation Event Enable register The STATus OPERation ENABle command sets the contents of the Operation Event Enable register The Operation Event Enable register contains a mask value for the bits to be enabled to set bit 7 in the status byte A one 1 in the Operation Event Enable register will enable the corresponding bit in the Operation Event register to set bit 7 in the status byte A zero 0 will disable the bit HP 11757B STATus OPERation ENABle Operation Event Enable Register Operation Event Enable Register Bit Definitions Bit Weight Condition 15 32768 X don t care 14 16384 X don t care 13 8192 X don t care 12 4096 X don t care 11 2048 X don t care 10 1024 X don t care 9 512 X don t care 8 256 0 inhibit a printing event from setting bit 7 in the status byte 1 enable a printing event to set bit 7 in the status byte 7 128 X don t care 6 64 X don t care 5 32 0 inhibit a trigger wait event from setting bit 7 in the status byte 1 enable a trigger wait event to set bit 7 in the s
51. TERM ECL 75Q FADE EVENTS OFF MAX SLEW RADIO 200 dB sec SETUP MEAS SETUP PHASE MIN MK SEARCH OFF NOTCH FREQ 70 MHz 140 MHz in Option 140 NOTCH DEPTH 0 dB 2 59 Detailed Operating Instructions 2 60 HP 11757B Preset Values continued Parameter Condition NOTCH PHASE MIN PRINT SELECT NONE RADIO BIT RATE 44 7 MHz RADIO DEMO OFF SCALE FACTOR 1 SET START Attenuation 0 0 dB Notch Depth 20 0 dB Notch Freq 45 0 MHz 115 MHz in Option 140 Notch Phase MIN SET STOP Attenuation 0 0 dB Notch Depth 20 0 dB Notch Freq 95 0 MHz 165 MHz in Option 140 Notch Phase MIN SIGNATURE TYPE STATIC SINGLE SWEEP OFF SLEW TIME 100 ms SLOPES OFF SPEED 300 MHz sec START RATE 10 MHz sec STOP CRITERIA 1E 4 STOP RATE 100 MHz sec SYMBOL TIME 50 ns SWP ALL OFF SWP ATTEN OFF SWP DEPTH OFF SWP FREQ OFF SWP TIME 5 seconds SYNC SOUR Immediate TEST MASK OFF WAIT TIME 500 mS ZOOM MODE OFF 11757A TIMER RESET HP 11757B Local Procedure Remote Procedure HP IB Program Codes Comments Detailed Operating Instructions To set the Fader to the conditions shown in the preceding table 1 Press the PRESET LOCAL key The Fader will display ENT TO PRSET 2 Press the ENTER key The program code for PRESET is RST To set the Fader to the preset conditions send the RST command Parameter Program Code PRESET RST The PRESET routine can be avo
52. a stop value for The keys are NOTCH FREQ NOTCH DEPTH and ATTEN Then use the arrow keys or the data entry keys to set a value When the value reads correctly in the display press ENTER For example set a notch frequency of 45 MHz 1 Press the SET STOP key 2 Press the NOTCH FREQ key 3 Press J OOO 4 Press the ENTER key You may also set a phase for stop sweep even if it is different from the phase you set for start sweep The remote code for SET sTOP is STOP The following will set stop sweep parameters for attenuation notch depth and notch frequency as well as set the stop phase to non min OUTPUT 714 POW ATT STOP 35DB STOP PHAS NONM OUTPUT 714 POW DEPT STOP 30DB OUTPUT 714 FREQ STOP 90MHZ HP 11757B Detailed Operating Instructions HP IB Program Codes Keystroke Program Code SET STOP FREQ STOP NOTCH FREQ FREQ NOTCH DEPTH POW DEPT ATTEN POW ATT Detailed Operating Instructions HP 11757B SET TIME Description Local Procedure Remote Procedure HP IB Program Codes This function sets the sweep time for all three swept parameters notch depth notch frequency and attenuation You may sweep one two or all of these parameters All parameters sweep at the same rate Entries are made in seconds The smallest value you may set is 10 milliseconds 0 01 The largest value you may set is 99 99 seconds You may set values in increments of 10 m
53. chain bit field out of range Select an instrument control bit field number from 0 to 32 If this error occurs even though the instrument control function is not being used try the actions suggested for error numbers 1700 and 1902 1490 A D cal failed Try cycling the power on the Fader If the error message doesn t go away refer to the Service Manual for troubleshooting information Only the 11758 product line uses the A D 1491 A D failed time out error Try cycling the power on the Fader If the error message doesn t go away refer to the Service Manual for troubleshooting information Only the 11758 product line uses the A D A 51 HP IB Commands HP 11757B Table A 1 Error Messages continued Error Number Message Detail Number Action Required 1496 GND equal 5V in A D cal Try cycling the power on the Fader If the error message doesn t go away refer to the Service Manual for troubleshooting information Only the 11758 product line uses the A D 1505 HP IB was addressed to talk with nothing to say Check the HP IB controller program to make sure that the controller always issues a query command before attempting to read the query response data 1700 Function not completed try again Try actions suggested for error number 1902 1902 Function not completed try again The operation function selection data e
54. change of the depth or attenuation uncalibrated bit to set bit 3 in the Questionable Event register 2 4 X don t care 1 2 X don t care 0 1 X don t care HP 11757B STATus QUE Stionable NTRansition Questionable Negative Transition Reg Example Command Example Query Related Commands See Also To enable the instrument uncalibrated bit in the Questionable Condition register to set the instrument uncalibrated bit in the Operation Event register on a one to zero state change run the following program 10 OUTPUT 714 STAT QUES NTR 256 20 END To read the contents of the Fader s Questionable Negative Transition register run the following program 10 OUTPUT 714 STAT QUES NTR 20 ENTER 714 Ques_ntr 30 PRINT Ques_ntr 40 END Status Questionable STATus QU EStionable CON Dition STATus QUEStionable ENABle STATus QUEStionable PTRansition STB Common Commands Related Documents in Appendix D 5 131 HP 11757B STATus QUEStionable P TRansition Questionable Positive Transition Register 5 132 Syntax Description STATus QUEStionable PTRansition number Where number is the number representing the value of bits in the Questionable Positive Transition register to be set The number must be from 0 to 65535 STATus QUEStionable PTRansition Returned format number lt lt NL gt Where number The current value of the Questionable Positive Tra
55. cleared at power up by HP 11757B SYSTem ERRor Read Error Queue sending the CLS command or by reading its entire contents See Also Error Messages Appendix Example Command There is no command for this query Example Query To cause an error condition and then query the Fader s 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 HP IB error queue run the following program OUTPUT 714 FREQ 100GHZ Creates frequency out of range error DIM B 160 OUTPUT 714 SYST ERR Reads contents of HP IB error queue ENTER 714 A B PRINT A B IF A lt gt O THEN 30 Program loops until all errors are read END The following should be printed to the controller display 222 Data out of range NO SWEEP FREQ 2005 O No error HP 11757B SYSTem KEY Press Front Panel Key Syntax Description lt NRf gt SYSTem KEY lt MAXimum MINimum MAXimum SYSTem KEY MINimum The SYSTem KEY command presses a front panel key The input parameter is a key code which has a range from 0 to 51 The key code represents the hardware key to be pressed There is no unique key code for shifted functions and menu features Key codes can not simply be strung together in a command If more than one key code is to appear on the same command line the subsequent key codes must be preceded by KEY In other words only one key code per SYSTem KEY command is allowed The query returns the last key pressed If
56. digit until the desired operation title is displayed 3 Press the ENTER key to access the displayed operation in level two It is not possible or necessary to access the MORE mode All of the operations in MORE mode have their own individual HP IB codes The EXIT GHIFT then ENTER key takes the Fader out of MORE mode 2 51 Detailed Operating Instructions HP 11757B NOTCH DEPTH Description Local Procedure This key allows you to set the notch depth in dB The range of values is 0 to 40 dB you may actually set up to 99 9 with a resolution of 0 1 dB Notch depth may be swept but at a maximum slew rate of 400 dB per second 40 dB 0 1 sec 1 Press the NOTCH DEPTH key 2 Use the 4 and keys to modify the blinking digit 3 Use the 4 and gt keys to move to other digits for modification 4 Press the ENTER key when you have the value you want or 1 Press the NOTCH DEPTH key 2 Use the data entry keys to enter the value in dB 3 Press the ENTER key To sweep the notch depth 1 Press the SET START key 2 Press the NOTCH DEPTH key 3 Use the arrow keys or the data entry keys to enter the desired starting notch depth Press the ENTER key Press the SET stop key Press the NOTCH DEPTH key Use the arrow keys or the data entry keys to enter the desired notch depth to stop the sweep at 8 Press the ENTER key ID oo Be HP 11757B Remote
57. for storing instrument configurations To SAVE an instrument configuration 1 Activate SAVE SHIFT then The Fader will display SAVE and two digits one of which will be blinking 2 Modify the blinking digit see below until the desired storage register is displayed a Use A or y to modify the blinking digit b Use 4 or gt to move to other digits c Press ENTER The program code to SAVE is SAV To store the current instrument configuration send the command SAV followed by the storage register number Example To store the instrument configuration in register 2 OUTPUT 714 SAV 2 HP 11757B Detailed Operating Instructions HP IB Program Codes Parameter Program Codes SAVE SAV Comments PRESET has no effect on the storage registers 1 through 10 Detailed Operating Instructions SELF TEST Description Local Procedure HP 11757B The SELF TEST function causes the Fader to initiate the internal tests that are performed when the instrument is first turned on The tests are listed below 1 ROM 0U CHECKSUM TEST ROM 0L CHECKSUM TEST ROM 1U CHECKSUM TEST ROM 1L CHECKSUM TEST BATTERY BACKED RAM 0U TEST BATTERY BACKED RAM OL TEST RAM 0U TEST RAM OL TEST Activate MORE SHIFT then PRESET LOCAL The Fader will display a function with a blinking digit Use A or y to modify the blinking digit until the display reads 7 SELF TEST
58. in progress 501 Measurement data cannot be accessed because the measurement is still running Wait until the measurement is finished before accessing the measurement data 230 Data corrupt or stale No measurement data to print 751 Measurement data cannot be accessed because it does not exist or it is invalid A measurement must be successfully completed before the data can be printed Preset marks the measurement data as invalid 223 Too much data Correct the HP IB controller program so that there is less data on a single command line The Fader does not have enough memory to buffer it all 222 Data out of range Correct the HP IB numeric data so that it is within the range of 1e9999 to le 9999 HP IB Commands HP 11757B Table A 1 Error Messages continued Error Message Detail Action Required Number Number 222 Data out of range sBAD NUMBER 1492 Select a number of A D averages OF AVERAGES SENT TO ADC from 1 to 100 222 Data out of range NON DECIMAL 1535 Correct the non decimal numeric DATA OVERFLOW data so that it contains eight bytes or less 222 Data out of range sNO SWEEP 2005 Select a non swept notch frequency FREQ within the following ranges Option 000 30 MHz to 100 MHz Option 140 90 MHz to 190 MHz Option 147 30 MHz to 190 MHz 222 Data out of range HPIB ADDRESS 2015 Select a HP IB address fro
59. is cleared by sending DISP ON by cycling power or pressing PRESET LOCAL Parameter Program Code Display Enable DISP ON Display Disable DISP OFF 2 13 Detailed Operating Instructions ENTER Description Local Procedure HP 11757B The key is used to terminate data input and to access various levels of data entry of the MORE FUNCTIONS key The example below demonstrates a typical use of the ENTER key when it is being used to set the parameters of a function Example To enter a notch frequency of 72 0 MHz 1 Press NOTCH FREQ The Fader will display the previously entered frequency value with one blinking digit Modify the blinking digit see below until 72 0 MHz is displayed Use 4 and y to modify the blinking digit Use 4 and P to move to other digits c Press ENTER v o Example 1 Press MORE FUNCTIONS SHiFT then PRESET LOCAL The Fader will display a blinking digit and a corresponding function category title Using 4 or y modify the blinking digit until the desired category is displayed Press ENTER to select the desired category HP 11757B Remote Procedure Comments Detailed Operating Instructions This instrument does not require the use of ENTER in remote mode If a function is accessed and then the key is pressed without entering or changing the numeric data the Fader uses the previously ent
60. item 9 This function clears everything in RAM It does not affect items stored in EEPROM or EPROM The items cleared include Fader settings stored in recall registers Current Fader settings Calibration data not stored in EEPROM This will cause calibration data stored in EEPROM to be loaded back into RAM Fade Events Test Masks Radio Setups Measurement Setups Comments After INIT has been executed the instrument will need a few seconds to reload data into RAM 2 28 HP 11757B MEAS Description Notes Detailed Operating Instructions The MEAs key starts and executes a measurement The type of measurement is set by the MEAS TYPE key and measurement parameters can be entered after pressing MEAS SETUP The RADIO SETUP key allows you to enter values specific to the digital radio under test When you press MEAS the display will show ENT TO MEAS if there is valid measurement data in the Fader that you will be writing over Press ENTER unless you want to print out the old data first When the measurement is in progress the display will do a countdown until the measurement is finished After the measurement has been completed data will be sent to a printer The printer can be specified using the PRINTER key SHIFT MEAS The measurement functions do not exist on and do not apply to option 001 Faders Dispersive Fade Margin After the completion of an M curve measurement Static Dyn
61. measurements DISPlay controls the display of the HP 11757B ERRor sets the input triggering for the Error In input FETch downloads data from a previously made measurement FM controls the sine modulation for Dynamic M signatures FREQuency controls the notch frequency INITiate starts a signature measurement LIST sets up a fade event Introduction to Remote Programming HP 11757B POWer controls notch depth as well as flat fading and AGC settings STATus accesses the SCPI questionable and operation systems SYSTem controls some basic functions of the HP 11757B SWEep controls the sweep functions of the HP 11757B TRIGger displays IF Input trigger information TRIGger2 sets the Error Criterion Input Scale Factor and Radio Bit Rate for signature measurments Allowed Suffixes Allowed values for freq suff time suff and freq per second suff are shown in the following table HP 11757B Introduction to Remote Programming Allowed Suffix Values Parameter Suffix Multiplier Parameter Suffix Multiplier freq suff EXHZ 1E18 freq per second suff EXHZ S 1E18 PEHZ 1E15 PEHZ S 1E15 THZ 1E12 THZ S 1E12 GHZ 1E9 GHZ S 1E9 MHZ 1E6 MHZ S 1E6 MAHZ 1E6 MAHZ S 1E6 KHZ 1E3 KHZ S 1E3 HZ 1 HZ S 1 UHZ 1E 6 UHZ S 1E 6 NHZ 1E 9 NHZ S 1E 9 PHZ 1E 12 PHZ S 1E 12 FHZ 1E 15 FHZ S 1E 15 AHZ 1E 18 AHZ S 1E 18 time suff EXS 1E18 db per hertz suff DB EXHZ
62. noise power BW of the filtered signal and will minimize average power fluctuations that would otherwise result from changes in notch depth and frequency Once the AGC center frequency and AGC bandwidth have been entered AGC ON OFF is the only function which need be used until either the center frequency or bandwidth needs to be changed To enter the AGC frequency in remote mode send the POW AGC FREQ CENT command followed by the AGC frequency To enter the AGC bandwidth in remote mode send the POW AGC BAND command followed by the AGC bandwidth To turn the AGC on or off in remote mode send the POW AGC command followed by ON or OFF Example To turn on the AGC for a 70 MHz IF radio with a 25 MHz bandwidth OUTPUT 714 POW AGC FREQ CENT 7OMHZ OUTPUT 714 POW AGC BAND 25MHZ OUTPUT 714 POW AGC ON HP 11757B Detailed Operating Instructions HP IB Program Codes Parameter Program Codes AGC center frequency POW AGC FREQ CENT AGC bandwidth POW AGC BAND AGC on POW AGC ON AGC off POW AGC OFF 2 9 Detailed Operating Instructions HP 11757B BACK SP Description Local Procedure Remote Procedure 2 10 Comments The key allows you to back space over an incorrect data entry so that you may enter another value before pressing the ENTER key To use the back space simply press it until the digit you wish to correct disappears Example Let
63. or it will be accompanied by another error message describing the error condition 1101 Shift chain number invalid Correct the HP IB command DIAG IBUS DIR or DIAG IBUS DIR so that its chain number is 0 1 3 or 4 If this error occurs even though the controller is not using these HP IB commands try the actions suggested for error numbers 1700 and 1902 1102 Shift chain start bit invalid Correct the HP IB command DIAG IBUS DIR or DIAG IBUS DIR so that its start bit is in range for the given chain number If this error occurs even though the controller is not using these HP IB commands try the actions suggested for error numbers 1700 and 1902 A 50 HP 11757B HP IB Commands Table A 1 Error Messages continued Error Message Detail Action Required Number Number 1103 Shift chain bit field length invalid Correct the HP IB command DIAG IBUS DIR or DIAG IBUS DIR so that its bit field length is in range for the given chain number If this error occurs even though the controller is not using these HP IB commands try the actions suggested for error numbers 1700 and 1902 1106 Shift chain data too large for bit field length Select an instrument control data value which fits in the requested bit field number If this error occurs even though the instrument control function is not being used try the actions suggested for error numbers 1700 and 1902 1107 Shift
64. or off if omitted OF F is assumed For a detailed explaination of how MK SEARCH works see the description of the MEAS SETUP key in the local part of this manual The phase for Hysteresis measurements is always BOTH If you don t use CONFigure before an INITIATE the current measurement setup will be used The following example sets up and executes a Hysteresis M Curve measurement OUTPUT 714 RST PRESETS the HP 11757B 5 77 CONFigure ARRay HYSTeresis Configure Hysteresis M Curve Meas HP 11757B OUTPUT 714 TRIGGER2 BER FREQ 44 7MHZ Sets radio bit rate OUTPUT 714 FREQ START 5OMHZ Set Start Freq to 50 MHz OUTPUT 714 FREQ STOP 90MHZ Set Stop Freq to 90 MHz OUTPUT 714 TRIGGER2 BER THR 1E 3 Sets 1E 3 threshold The following CONFIGURE command sets up a Hysteresis M Curve measurement 10 points BER Criteria and MK Search OFF OUTPUT 714 CONFIGURE ARRAY HYST 10 BER OFF OUTPUT 714 INITIATE Starts the measurement OUTPUT 714 FETCH Gets the measured data ENTER 714 Array OUTPUT 714 FETCH DFM Gets the Dispersive Fade Margin ENTER 714 Fade_margin Example Query This query returns a string which looks like the full CONFigure command needed to represent the current measurement setup with all optional subsystems and parameters included OUTPUT 714 CONFIGURE ENTER 714 Configure 5 78 HP 11757B CONFigure ARRay STATic Configure Static M Measurement CONFigur
65. points for the sweep The stop value does not have to be larger than the start value Values are band dependent You cannot have a start frequency in one band and a stop frequency in another 3 START RATE and 4 STOP RATE These options are used for DYNM S the S Curve measurements only The upper limit is dependent on the frequency span used The fastest the fader will slew from one point to another is 5 ms 10 ms for a complete cycle The upper limit start stop 01 HP 11757B Detailed Operating Instructions 5 ERROR BITS Error Bits controls the number of errors that are counted before a final bit error rate calculation is made The numbers that can be entered range from 2 to 15 and represent powers of 2 entering a 10 will cause 1024 errors to be counted The 11757B keeps track of the amount of time tl it takes for the number of error pulses specified by ERROR BITS to occur It uses this time to calculate an error rate ERRORBITS Error rate eg This is then used along with SCALE FACTOR and the radio s BIT RATE to compute the bit error rate as follows scale factor Bit error rate Error rate Bitrate It is important to understand the impact of different ERROR BITS settings Large ERROR BITS settings will provide more accurate and repeatable M Curves than small ERROR BITS settings This is because larger settings require the 11757B to count many errors rather than few before a BER is calculated
66. printer The size of the LRN block is given on its description page in the Common Commands chapter D 19 IEEE 488 2 Compliance Information HP 11757B D 20 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 The IEEE 488 2 Common Commands implemented by the Fader are listed and described in the Common Commands chapter The Fader state after a CAL is unchanged DDT is not implemented in the Fader Macros are not implemented in the Fader The response to IDN is described on its description page in the Common Commands chapter PUD and PUD are not implemented in the Fader RDT and RDT are not implemented in the Fader The states affected by RST LRN RCL and SAV are all identical This state is listed with the RST command in the Common Commands chapter The TST is described on its description page in the Common Commands chapter and in more detail in the Service Manual The additional status structures implemented in the Fader are described under the SYSTem ERRor query the OPERation subsystem and the QUEStionable subsystem The IEEE 488 2 Standard Event Status structure and Output Queue MAV bit are implemented by the Fader All commands that alter the output signal are overlapped in the Fader All commands that can be executed immediately without changing the output are sequential Commands and queries that perform a measurement are sequential bec
67. read with a subsequent ENTER command For Static M Dynamic M and Dynamic S measurements the data is returned in frequency depth pairs For MINimum or NON Minimum phases the number of pairs of data will be equal to the number of points specified when the data was taken For BOTH phase selections the number of pairs of data will be equal to twice the number of points specified when the data was taken The MINimum data will be returned first in this case For Hysteresis M Curve measurements the data is also returned in the same frequency depth pairs In this case the total number of pairs of data is four times the number of points specified when the data was taken The data is returned in the following order 1 Minimum phase Outage Data shallow to deep notch 2 Minimum phase Return Data deep to shallow notch 3 Non Minimum phase Outage Data shallow to deep notch 4 Non Minimum phase Return Data deep to shallow notch If the last measurement was a Recovery Time measurement the data returned with the FETCH query will be a single number representing the recovery time HP 11757B FETCh Download Last Measured Data If the last measurement was a Bit Error Rate measurement the data returned with the FETCH query will be a single number representing the bit error rate Example Command There is no command for this query Example Query OUTPUT 714 FETCH ENTER 714 Measured_data 5 85 HP 11757B
68. read_phase Returns the frequency depth pairs collected by the previous INITIATE command The number of pairs of data will be equal to read_points read_phase can be MINimum NONMinimum or BOTH If BOTH is chosen the number of pairs of data will be equal to 2 points with MINimum data returned first read_points cannot be bigger than the measurement data s points read_phase cannot conflict with the measurement data s phase HYSTERESIS M 5 steps C 21 Using FETCh function C 22 HP 11757B Set up FREQ STAR FREQ STOP CALC SMO STAT TRIG2 TIM and SWE SLEW RATE If using BER criteria set up TRIG2 BER TRIG2 BER ECO TRIG2 BER FREQ TRIG2 BER MULT ERROR IMP ERROR COUP and TRIG2 LEV It is recommended that the SCPI commands TRIG2 ECL and TRIG2 TTL be used instead of ERROR COUP If using ALARm criteria set up ALARM POL CONF ARR HYST points criteriasmksearch This configures for a HYSTERESIS M measurement points describes how many measurement points to use criteria can be BER or ALARm mksearch can be ON or OFF INITIATE This tells the Fader to make a measurement based on the above CONFigure No measurement data is returned on the HP IB bus it is simply stored in the Fader for FETCh function to query FETC ARR HYST read_points Returns the frequency depth pairs collected by the previou
69. recognize the settings until the printer has powered off and on again 6 Check to see that the printer is ON LINE The light below the square blue button should be on If not press the blue button on the top of the printer HP 11757B Note Y Detailed Operating Instructions If you are using an external printer there must not be any other controllers on the bus during printing If you have a spectrum analyzer or some other controller device disconnect the HP IB cable to that device during printing Setting the Destination The options for destination are NONE INTERNal and EXTERNal NONE specifies that no printing will take place INTERN specifies that the internal printer will be used when a measurement is made or when a specific print mode is selected EXTERN specifies that an external printer will be used when a measurement is made or when a specific print mode is selected Setting the Mode The options for print mode are PRVIEW and DATA PRVIEW specifies that the current measurement data and radio setup parameters will be printed DATA will cause the M Curve data and graph from the most recent measurement to be re printed to the destination printer The graph and data are automatically sent to the destination printer after each measurement 2 63 Detailed Operating Instructions 2 64 Example HP 11757B To set up the Fader to print the measurement setup to an external printer 1 2 Press Us
70. register that is defined by the Operation Edge registers 4 16 0 a measuring event has not occurred in the Operation Condition register that is defined by the Operation Edge registers 1 a measuring event has occurred in the Operation Condition register that is defined by the Operation Edge registers 3 8 0 a sweeping event has not occurred in the Operation Condition register that is defined by the Operation Edge registers 1 a sweeping event has occurred in the Operation Condition register that is defined by the Operation Edge registers HP 11757B STATus OPERation Read Operation Event Register Operation Event Register Bit Definitions continued Bit Weight Condition 2 4 Not used always 0 1 2 0 a settling event has not occurred in the Operation Condition register that is defined by the Operation Edge registers 1 a settling event has occurred in the Operation Condition register that is defined by the Operation Edge registers 0 1 Not used always 0 Example Command Example Query Related Commands See Also The Operation Event register is also set to zero 0 after the CLS command is sent There is no command for this query To read the contents of the Fader s Operation Event register run the following program 10 OUTPUT 714 STAT OPER EVEN 20 ENTER 714 Oper_event 30 PRINT Oper_event 40 END STATus 0 PERa
71. the Questionable Condition register that is defined by the Questionable Edge registers 1 a depth or attenuation uncalibrated event has occurred in the Questionable Condition register that is defined by the Questionable Edge registers 2 4 Not used always 0 1 2 Not used always 0 0 1 Not used always 0 The Questionable Event register is also set to zero 0 after the CLS command is sent 5 127 STATus QUEStionable Read Questionable Event Register HP 11757B Example Command Example Query Related Commands 5 128 See Also There is no command for this query To read the contents of the Fader s Questionable Event register run the following program 10 OUTPUT 714 STAT QUES EVEN 20 ENTER 714 Ques_event 30 PRINT Ques_event 40 END STATus QUEStionable CON Dition STATus QUEStionable ENABle STATus QUEStionable PTRansition STATus QUEStionable NTRansition STB Common Commands Related Documents in Appendix D HP 11757B STATus QUE Stionable NTRansition Questionable Negative Transition Reg STATus QUEStionable NTRansition Questionable Negative Transition Reg Syntax STATus QUEStionable NTRansition number Where number is the number representing the value of bits in the Questionable Negative Transition register to be set The number must be from 0 to 65535 STATus QUEStionable NTRansition Returned format number lt NL gt Where number The current val
72. the Questionable Event Enable register to be set The number must be from 0 to 65535 STATus QUEStionable ENABle Returned format number lt NL gt Where number The current value of the Questionable Event Enable register The STATus QUEStionable ENABle command sets the contents of the Questionable Event Enable register The Questionable Event Enable register contains a mask value for the bits to be enabled to set bit 3 in the status byte A one 1 in the Questionable Event Enable register will enable the corresponding bit in the Questionable Event register to set bit 3 in the status byte A zero 0 will disable the bit 5 123 STATus QUE Stionable ENABle Questionable Event Enable Register HP 11757B Questionable Event Enable Register Bit Definitions Bit Weight Condition 15 32768 X don t care 14 16384 X don t care 13 8192 X don t care 12 4096 X don t care 11 2048 X don t care 10 1024 X don t care 9 512 X don t care 8 256 0 inhibit an instrument uncalibrated event from setting bit 3 in the status byte 1 enable an instrument uncalibrated event to set bit 3 in the status byte 7 128 X don t care 6 64 X don t care 5 32 0 inhibit a frequency uncalibrated event from setting bit 3 in the status byte 1 enable a frequency uncalibrated event to set bit 3 in the status byte 4 16 X don t care 3 8 0
73. the measurement and allowing the radio to lock up in a different state The measurement proceeds until 2 states are found or 20 lock unlocks have been performed The worst case lock state is what is displayed on the output data Because this feature causes extra measurements to be made it will increase the overall measurement time Detailed Operating Instructions HP 11757B 2 38 Note If MK SEARCH is OFF the M Curve algorithm will proceed as described under the MEASURE TYPE key MK SEARCH is not used for Dynamic S or Recovery Time measurements 12 DFM TYPE Allows selection of the CCIR or Bellcore DFM type See MEAS in this section of the manual for more information The CCIR DFM calculation is only available in serial prefixes 3215A and above The measurement setup parameters and functions do not apply to option 001 instruments HP 11757B MEAS TYPE M Curve Measurements Detailed Operating Instructions This key selects the type of measurement to be made The 11757B makes 6 different measurements that can be grouped into 4 categories 1 M Curves a Static M Curve b Dynamic M Curve c Hysteresis M Curve 2 S Curves a Dynamic Curve 3 Recovery Time 4 Bit Error Rate An M Curve is made by creating a notch and moving it from frequency to frequency in and around the radio spectrum At each frequency the notch is moved in a prescribed way until a user specified criteria is met This criteria is us
74. the software revision number is 12 6 OPT Related Documents in Appedix D 4 13 HP 11757B IST Individual Status Query Syntax Description Example Command 4 14 Example Query IST Returned Format lt id gt lt NL gt Where lt id gt Qor 1 Where 0 indicates that the ist local message is false 1 indicates that the ist local message is true The IST query returns the current state of the IEEE 488 1 defined ist local message in the Fader This is the same information returned during a parallel poll of the Fader The response to this query is dependent upon the state of the Status Byte and the value of the Parallel Poll Enable Register The PRE command controls the enable register which allows Status Byte conditions to set the ist local message There is no command for this query To read the ist local message run the following program 10 OUTPUT 714 IST 20 ENTER 714 Ist 30 PRINT Ist 40 END HP 11757B IST Individual Status Query Related Commands PRE STB See Also Related Documents in Appedix D HP 11757B LRN Learn Device Setup Query Syntax Description Note i Y Example Command 4 16 Example Query LRN Returned Format lt learn string gt lt NL gt Where lt learn string gt is less than 1000 bytes in length The LRN query returns an HP IB command that contains the current state o
75. time information contained in each point is defined as the time to reach that point from the previous point Storing Notch Frequency Portion of Table To store the notch frequency portion of the table use the LIST FREQ command followed by the list of frequencies that will be stored into the table For example to store an array of notch frequency points OUTPUT 714 LIST FREQ Freq_array To store a set of notch frequency points OUTPUT 714 LIST FREQ 50E6 55E6 60E6 65E6 70E6 75E6 80E6 85E6 90E6 2 18 or OUTPUT 714 LIST FREQ 50MHZ 55MHZ 60MHZ 65MHZ 70MHZ 75MHZ 80MHZ 85MHZ 9OMHZ HP 11757B Note Y Detailed Operating Instructions Storing Notch Depth Portion of Table To store the notch depth portion of the table use the LIST POW DEPT command followed by the list of notch depths that will be stored into the table For example to store an array of notch depth points OUTPUT 714 LIST POW DEPT Depth_array To store a set of notch depth points OUTPUT 714 LIST POW DEPT 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 Storing MIN NON MIN Phase Portion of Table To store the MIN NON MIN phase portion of the table use the LIST POW DEPT PHAS command followed by the list of phases that will be stored into the table MIN NON MIN phase can be abbreviated by 1 for min phase or 0 for non min phase For example to store an array of MIN NON MIN phase points OUTPUT 714
76. 00 30 MHz to 100 MHz Option 140 90 MHz to 190 MHz Option 147 30 MHz to 190 MHz 222 Data out of range AGC 2455 Select an AGC bandwidth from 20 BANDWIDTH MHz to 40 MHz 222 Data out of range 3 TONE FREQ 2500 Select a three tone source frequency LIST within the following ranges Without Option 143 67 MHz 70 MHz or 75 MHz With Option 143 137 MHz 140 MHz or 145 MHz 222 Data out of range INCORRECT 2532 Correct the band number sent with BAND SELECTION WITH the Non minimum Notch Frequency CAL FREQNM DATA calibration table 222 Data out of range FREQUENCY 2533 Correct the frequencies sent with the OUT OF RANGE WITH Non minimum Notch Frequency CAL FREQNM DATA calibration table to be within the range of 0 to 25000 222 Data out of range sDAC VALUE 2534 Correct the dac values sent with the OUT OF RANGE WITH CAL FREQNM DATA Non minimum Notch Frequency calibration table to be within the range of 0 to 4095 A 13 HP IB Commands HP 11757B Table A 1 Error Messages continued Error Message Detail Action Required Number Number 222 Data out of range DIAG OPT 2535 Correct the HP IB command DIAG OPT so that it is a valid instrument option number See Service Manual for DIAG OPT option numbers 222 Data out of range TEST MASK 2575 Select a test mask x value from FREQUENCY 1E6 to 6E9 222 Data out of range TEST MASK 2577
77. 1 is returned no key has been pressed since RST PRESET LOCAL or since the Fader was turned from off to on The valid key codes are shown in the following table HP 11757B SYSTem KEY Press Front Panel Key Fader Key Codes Key Key Code Restrictions 75 MHz Oor 1 11758A or 11758B only 67 MHz 2 11758A or 11758B only Co MHz 3 11758A or 11758B only NOTCHDEFTH 4 qT 5 GETSTOR 7 NOTCHFREG 8 WINPHASE 9 ED 10 9 12 11757A or 11757B only 4 3 11757A or 11757B only 14 11757A or 11757B only 24 25 ENTER 26 or 44 GETSTRD 28 29 D 30 PRESET LOCAL 31 5 97 SYSTem KEY Press Front Panel Key 5 98 HP 11757B Fader Key Codes continued Key Key Code Restrictions 33 11757A or 11757B only 34 11757A or 11757B only 6 35 11757A or 11757B only 36 11757A or 11757B only 38 11757A or 11757B only 39 11757A or 11757B only 40 11757A or 11757B only 41 11757A or 11757B only Q 42 11757A or 11757B only SC 43 11757A or 11757B only 4 46 11757B or 11758B only 47 11757B or 11758B only 48 11757B only 50 11757B or 11758B only 51 11757B or 11758B only If a key code is sent that is between 0 and 51 inclusive but it does not appear in the table it will be ignored If a key code is sent that is between 0 and 51 inclusive but it is not allowed in the Fader model receiving the key code it will be ignored HP 11757B SYSTem KEY Press Front Panel Key Example Command To s
78. 14 Hour Minutes Seconds 30 PRINT Hour Minutes Seconds 40 END 5 101 HP 11757B SYSTem VERSion Read SCPI Version Syntax Description Example Command 5 102 Example Query SYSTem VERSion The SYSTem VERSion query returns the SCPI Standard Commands for Programmable Instruments version number that the Fader supports When the SYSTem VERSion query is sent the following is returned reex y lt NL gt Where zzz the year of the SCPI standard and y the version number within that year The SCPI version number that the Fader supports at the writing of this manual is 1991 0 There is no command for this query To read the SCPI version number supported by the Fader run the following program 10 OUTPUT 714 SYST VERS 20 ENTER 714 Scpi_vers 30 PRINT Scpi_vers 40 END HP 11757B STATus OPERation CONDition Read Operation Condition Register STATus OPERation CONDition Read Operation Condition Register Syntax STATus OPERation CONDition Description The STATus OPERation CONDition query returns the contents of the Operation Condition register The Operation Condition register is constantly updated as operational conditions occur No conditions are saved in this register When you read the contents of the Operation Condition register the value returned is the total bit weights of all the bits that are high at the time you read it When you read the
79. 1E 18 PES 1E15 DB PEHZ 1E 15 TS 1E12 DB THZ 1E 12 GS 1E9 DB GHZ 1E 9 MAS 1E6 DB MHZ 1E 6 KS 1E3 DB MAHZ 1E 6 S 1 DB KHZ 1E 3 MS 1E 3 DB HZ 1 US 1E 6 DB UHZ 1E6 NS 1E 9 DB NHZ 1E9 PS 1E 12 DB PHZ 1E12 FS 1E 15 DB FHZ 1E15 AS 1E 18 DB AHZ 1E18 1 In freq per second suff S can be replaced with Jany suffix multiplier S and the input value will be scaled properly 3 7 4 Common Commands Introduction The common commands are defined by the IEEE 488 2 standard These commands will be common to all instruments that comply with this standard They control some of the basic Fader functions m Instrument identification and reset m Reading the learn instrument setup string m Status reading and clearing m Other miscellaneous functions common to programmable instruments Common commands can be received and processed by the Fader whether they are sent over the HP IB as separate program messages or within other program messages If a Fader subsystem has been selected and a common command is received by the Fader the Fader will remain in the current subsystem for the rest of that message or until a leading colon is seen For example if the following program message OUTPUT 714 FREQ START 7OMHZ CLS STOP 9OMHZ is received by the Fader the Fader will set the start frequency clear the status information and set the stop frequency This would not be the case if some other type of com
80. 2 ECL and TRIG2 TTL be used instead of ERROR COUP CONF BER This configures for a bit error rate measurement No parameters are allowed with CONF BER INITIATE This tells the Fader to make a measurement based on the above CONFigure No measurement data is returned on the HP IB bus it is simply stored in the Fader for FETCh function to query FETC BER C 23 Using FETCh function C 24 HP 11757B Returns one value which is equal to the bit error rate measured by the previous INITIATE command No parameters are allowed with FETC BER BELLCORE DISPERSIVE FADE MARGIN 3 steps 1 CONFigure function for any measurement type except RECOVERY TIME BER and DYNAMIC S INITIATE This tells the Fader to make a measurement based on the above CONFigure No measurement data is returned on the HP IB bus it is simply stored in the Fader for FETCh function to query FETC DFM BELLCORE This query will return the Bellcore dispersive fade margin measured by the previous INITIATE command CCIR DISPERSIVE FADE MARGIN 4 steps 1 CONFigure function for any measurement type except RECOVERY TIME BER and DYNAMIC S Set up TRIG2 BER S YMBOL TIM INITIATE This tells the Fader to make a measurement based on the above CONFigure No measurement data is returned on the HP IB bus it is simply stored in the Fader for FETCh function to query FETC DFM BEL
81. 3 4 5 The Fader does have some queries HP 11757B 10 11 IEEE 488 2 Compliance Information that return multiple RESPONSE DATA UNITS which look like 1 0 1 0 c All Fader queries generate a response immediately after being parsed d None of the Fader queries generate a response when read e There are no coupled commands in the Fader Compound program headers are used for the Fader device specific commands The functional elements used to construct these device specific commands are described in the HP IB Commands chapter There are no buffer size limitations on block input data in the Fader The expression data allowed for measurement points can only be an lt NRf gt or one of the following SCPI enumerated types MAXimum MINimum or DEFault The expression parser ignores IEEE 488 2 white space There is no mathematical evaluation of expressions in the Fader There is no expression nesting allowed in the Fader The response syntax for every query is described in the Common Commands and HP IB Commands chapters with each individual query When performing a print which is initiated from the front panel the Fader must be in talk only mode Without being a controller the Fader will dump its print data to the bus When performing a print initiated from HP IB the Fader pretends it is responding to a query In this case it is up to the controller to route the print data to the
82. 39 2 50 2 52 2 54 2 56 2 59 2 62 2 65 2 68 2 70 2 72 2 75 2 76 2 77 2 78 2 80 2 82 2 83 2 84 2 85 2 87 2 88 2 90 2 92 2 94 2 96 2 99 3 1 3 1 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 Common Commands Introduction gS Palas 4 1 CLS Clear Status Command i eds 4 4 ESE Standard Event Status Enable 4 6 ESR Standard Event Status Register Query er ee 4 9 IDN identincation Grew eae wy Ma IST Individual Status Query 414 LRN Learn Device Setup Query 4 16 OPC Operation Complete 418 OPT Option Identification Query 4 20 PRE Parallel Poll Enable Register 4 22 RCL Recall Command 424 RST Reset Command 425 SAV Save Command 428 SRE Service Request Enable 4 29 STB Read Status Byte Query 4 31 TRG Trigger Command 4 34 TST Self Test Query 435 WAI Wait to Continue Command 4 36 5 Subsystem Commands POWer AGC Enable Disable AGC 5 2 POWer AGC BANDwidth Set Bandwidth of Input Signal 5 3 POWer AGC FREQuency CEN Ter Set AGC Center Frequency of Input Signal POWer ATTenuation Set Attenuation 5 5 POWer ATTenuation MODE Set Sweep Mode for Attenuation 5 6 POWer ATTenuation STARt Set Start Attenuation 5 7 POWer ATTenuation 5 TOP Set Stop Attenuation 5 8 POWer DEPTh Set Fixed Notch Depth 5 9 POWer DEPTh DELay Set Delay Time 5 10 POWer DEPTh MODE Set Sweep Mode 5 11
83. 4 RAM OL FAILED 7 128 2 73 Detailed Operating Instructions HP 11757B Example If the self test failed and the number 148 appears on the display the following tests have failed 128 RAM OL FAILED 16 BATTERY BACKED RAM 0U FAILED 4 ROM 1U CHECKSUM BAD 2 74 HP 11757B Service Mode Description Warning Detailed Operating Instructions This option enters the Fader into a service mode which allows direct control of DACs and data bits that determine the state of control lines Each control line has been assigned an I BUS number which can be set by accessing 8 SERVICE found under MORE functions Use and further explanation of the I BUS is restricted to the Service Manual This feature is for use with the Service Manual Avoid this feature when operating the Fader If accidentally entered use PRESET LOCAL to escape any change that may have taken place Detailed Operating Instructions HP 11757B SET YMD date 2 76 Description Example Comments This function allows you to set a date that can be printed with measurement results This function is accessed as MORE function 11 The format for setting a date is YYMMDD where YY is the year MM is the month and DD is the day The date you set is saved by an internal battery To set a date 1 Press SHIFT PRESET LOCAL 2 Use the 4 arrow key until the display reads 11 SET YMD 3 Press ENTER 4 You will s
84. 52 HP 11757B TRIGger2 TTL ERROR PULSE INPUT to TTL TRIGger2 TTL ERROR PULSE INPUT to TTL Syntax TRIGger2 TTL Description Sets up the ERROR PULSE INPUT to the TTL state The TTL state is threshold 1 6 V and termination to 0 V This SCPI command is only available in serial prefixes 3235A and above Example Command OUTPUT 714 TRIG2 TTL Example Query There is no query for this command 5 53 HP 11757B TRIGger2 TIMer Set Radio Wait Time Syntax Description Example Command Example Query lt NRf gt time suff TRIGger2 TIMer MAXimum MINimum TRIGger2 TIMer Sets a wait time that will execute after every notch movement This allows the radio some settling time before a BER measurement is taken The range of allowable values is 10 ms to 10 s The Preset value is 500 ms The query returns the wait time that is set To set the wait time to 150 ms OUTPUT 714 TRIG2 TIM 150MS OUTPUT 714 TRIG2 TIM HP 11757B ERRor COUPling Set Coupling for ERROR PULSE INPUT ERRor COUPIling Set Coupling for ERROR PULSE INPUT ECL Syntax ERRor COUPLing TTL ERRor C0UPling Description Sets the coupling for the ERROR PULSE INPUT The Preset value is ECL It is recommended that new programs use the SCPI commands TRIGger2 ECL and TRIGger2 TTL instead of ERR COUP ECL and ERR COUP TTL These new SCPI commands are only available in serial prefixes 3235A and above The quer
85. 7B RECALL Description Local Procedure Remote Procedure 2 68 The Fader can store instrument configurations for recall at a later time This includes measurement and radio setups The configurations are stored in storage registers These registers store everything that preset alters see PRESET This means that phase and sweep settings are stored as well as the notch frequency notch depth and flat attenuation Registers 1 through 10 are available for recall To recall an instrument configuration 1 Activate RECALL GHIFT then 4 The Fader will display RECALL 01 with one of the digits blinking 2 Modify the blinking digit until the desired storage register is displayed 3 Press ENTER To recall an instrument configuration from a specific storage register send the command RCL followed by the storage register number Example To recall an instrument configuration that has been stored in register 2 OUTPUT 714 RCL 2 HP 11757B Detailed Operating Instructions HP IB Program Codes Parameter Program Codes RECALL RCL Comments PRESET has no effect on the storage registers 1 through 10 2 69 Detailed Operating Instructions HP 11757B SAVE Description Local Procedure Remote Procedure 2 70 The Fader can store instrument configurations for recall at a later time This includes measurement and radio test setups Registers 1 through 10 are available
86. ALARM POL MEAS ARR STAT points phase criteria mksearch This performs a Static M measurement and returns frequency depth pairs The number of pairs of data will be equal to points phase can be MINimum NONMinimum or BOTH If BOTH is chosen the number of pairs of data will be equal to 2 points with MINimum data returned first criteria can be BER or ALARm mksearch can be ON or OFF DYNAMIC S 3 steps 1 Set up FREQ STAR FREQ STOP FREQ RATE STAR FREQ RATE STOP TRIG2 TIM and SWE SLEW RATE this measurement does not use CALC SMO STAT If using BER criteria set up TRIG2 BER TRIG2 BER ECO TRIG2 BER FREQ TRIG2 BER MULT ERROR IMP ERROR COUP and TRIG2 LEV It is recommended that the SCPI commands TRIG2 ECL and TRIG2 TTL be used c 9 Using MEASure unction HP 11757B instead of ERROR COUP If using ALARm criteria set up ALARM POL MEAS ARR DYN SWE points phase criteria This performs a Dynamic 5 measurement and returns sweep rate depth pairs The number of pairs of data will be equal to points phase can be MINimum NONMinimum or BOTH If BOTH is chosen the number of pairs of data will be equal to 2 points with MINimum data returned first criteria can be BER or ALARm DYNAMIC M 3 steps 1 Set up FREQ STAR FREQ STOP FM DEV FM INT RATE CALC SMO STAT TRIG2 TIM and SWE SLEW RATE If us
87. ARR STAT or CONF ARR DYN FM so that its 1st parameter is the number of points from 1 to 100 its 2nd parameter is the phase MINimum NONMinimum or BOTH its 3rd parameter is BER or ALARm and its 4th parameter is ON or OFF 222 Data out of range CONF ARR HYST 2865 Correct the HP IB command CONF ARR HYST so that its Ist parameter is the number of points from 1 to 100 its 2nd parameter is BER or ALARm and its 3rd parameter is ON or OFF HP IB Commands HP 11757B Table A 1 Error Messages continued Error Message Detail Action Required Number Number 222 Data out of range MEASURE 2875 Correct the HP IB query MEAS ARR STAT or MEAS ARR DYN FM so that its lst parameter is the number of points from 1 to 100 its 2nd parameter is the phase MINimum NONMinimum or BOTH its 3rd parameter is BER or ALARm and its 4th parameter is ON or OFF 222 Data out of 2880 Correct the HP IB query range MEAS ARR HYST MEAS ARR HYST so that its Ist parameter is the number of points from 1 to 100 its 2nd parameter is BER or ALARm and its 3rd parameter is ON or OFF 222 Data out of range READ or 2890 Correct the HP IB query FETCH FETC ARR STAT or FETC ARR DYN FM or READ ARR STAT or READ ARR DYN FM so that its lst parameter is the number of points from 1 to 100 and its 2nd parameter is the phase MINimum NONMinimum or BOTH 222 Data o
88. AT read_points read_phase Returns the frequency depth pairs collected by the previous INITIATE command The number of pairs of data will be equal to read_points read_phase can be MINimum NONMinimum or BOTH If BOTH is chosen the number of pairs of data will be equal to 2 points with MINimum data returned first read_points cannot be bigger than the Using FETCh function C 20 HP 11757B measurement data s points read_phase cannot conflict with the measurement data s phase DYNAMIC S 5 steps 1 Set up FREQ STAR FREQ STOP FREQ RATE STAR FREQ RATE STOP TRIG2 TIM and SWE SLEW RATE this measurement does not use CALC SMO STAT 2 If using BER criteria set up TRIG2 BER TRIG2 BER ECO TRIG2 BER FREQ TRIG2 BER MULT ERROR IMP ERROR COUP and TRIG2 LEV It is recommended that the SCPI commands TRIG2 ECL and TRIG2 TTL be used instead of ERROR COUP If using ALARm criteria set up ALARM POL 3 CONF ARR DYN SWE points phase criteria This configures for a Dynamic S measurement points describes how many measurement points to use phase can be MINimum NONMinimum or BOTH criteria can be BER or ALARm 4 INITIATE This tells the Fader to make a measurement based on the above CONFigure No measurement data is returned on the HP IB bus it is simply stored in the Fader for FETCh function to query 5 FETC ARR DYN SWE
89. AXimum MINimum MAXimum FM INTernal RATE MINimum Sets frequency rate for the Dynamic M measurement Front panel is in MHz S but HP IB defaults to HZ S Input can be LOMHz S 30MHz S 100MHz S 300MHz S 600MHz S or 1200MHz S Values between legal values will be rounded to the nearest legal value See the description of the MEAS SETUP key in the local operation section of this manual for a more detailed description of the Dynamic M Rate The Preset value is 300MHz S The query returns the frequency speed for Dynamic M measurement OUTPUT 714 FM INT RATE 100MHZ S OUTPUT 714 FM INT RATE ENTER 714 Frequency_rate 5 61 Subsystem Commands HP 11757B CALCulate SMOothing STATe Enable Disable EDGE ZOOM CALCulate SMOothing STATe Enable Disable EDGE ZOOM ON Syntax CALCulate SMOothing STATe l ae CALCulate SMOothing STATe Description Turns the EDGE ZOOM feature on and off Preset OFF For a more complete explanation of the EDGE ZOOM feature refer to the description of the MEAS SETUP key in the local operation part of this manual The query returns the on off state of EDGE ZOOM feature Example Command OUTPUT 714 CALC SMO STAT ON Example Query OUTPUT 714 CALC SMO STAT ENTER 714 Edge_zoom 5 63 Test Mask Overview How the Test Mask is Organized within HP IB HP 11757B The test mask is used to run a pass fail test on the data that is generated during a Stat
90. B lt NRE gt LIST POWer DEPTh 4 MAXimum gt lt MAXimum MINimum MINimum MAXimum LIST POWer DEPTh MINimum MAXimum LIST POWer DEPTh POINts MINimum Sets the field depth values for the Fade Profile Table You may enter depth values into a maximum of 2000 points in the Table RST does not affect the Table Same input range as POW DEPT The LIST POWer DEPTh query returns the values of the depth field in all points you previously entered depth data into in the Fade Profile Table The LIST POWer DEPTh POINts query returns the number of points which the LIST POWer DEPTh query will return Immediately after the execution of the LIST PRESet command this query will return 1 Loads a sequence of notch depths 10 2 dB maximum 0 9 dB and 69 2 dB into points 1 2 3 4 respectively in the Fade Profile Table OUTPUT 714 LIST POW DEPT 10 2 MAX 0 9 69 2 HP 11757B LIST POWer DEPTh Enter Depth Values into Fade Profile Table Example Query Returns the depth values in all points you previously entered depth data into in the Fade Profile Table OUTPUT 714 LIST POW DEPT ENTER 714 Array Example Query Returns the number of points into which you previously entered depth data in the Fade Profile Table OUTPUT 714 LIST POW DEPT POIN ENTER 714 Points The value of Points will be in the range from 1 through 2000 5 37 HP 11757B LIST POWer DEPTh PHASe Enter Phase Values into Fade Profile Table
91. B Attenuation may be swept Non Swept 1 Press the ATTEN key 2 Enter the appropriate attenuation using the data entry keys 3 Press the ENTER key when the value is correct or Press the ATTEN key Use 4 and y to modify the blinking digit Use 4 and gt to move to other digits Press the ENTER key when the ATTEN display reads the correct value aI OD ow Swept To sweep attenuation we set start and stop attenuations The sweep time will be the same as the sweep time set for NOTCH FREQ and NOTCH DEPTH It is possible to sweep only attenuation but it is not possible to sweep it at a different rate than one set for another parameter 1 Press the SET START key 2 Press the ATTEN key 3 Use the arrow keys or the data entry keys to set a value for the start attenuation 4 Press the ENTER key 2 3 Detailed Operating Instructions HP 11757B Remote Procedure HP IB Program Codes 2 4 5 Press the SET STOP key 6 Press the ATTEN key 7 Use the arrow keys or the data entry keys to set a value for the stop attenuation 8 Press the ENTER key 9 Activate the ATTEN SWP by pressing SHIFT then ATTEN The program code for attenuation is POW ATT To set the attenuation to a value use POW ATT followed by the value and DB Example To enter an attenuation of 33 3 dB OUTPUT 714 POW ATT 33 3DB To enter attenuation sweep parameters for start and stop O
92. B command contains only the characters A Z a z 0 9 and underscore 141 Invalid character data Unrecognized character data 1527 Correct the HP IB controller program so that the character data included with the HP IB command is an acceptable parameter for the command 141 Invalid character data CONFIGURE 2862 Correct the HP IB command CONF ARR STAT or CONF ARR DYN FM so that its 1st parameter is the number of points from 1 to 100 its 2nd parameter is the phase MINimum NONMinimum or BOTH its 3rd parameter is BER or ALARm and its 4th parameter is ON or OFF 141 Invalid character data CONF ARR HYST 2867 Correct the HP IB command CONF ARR HYST so that its Ist parameter is the number of points from 1 to 100 its 2nd parameter is BER or ALARm and its 3rd parameter is ON or OFF A 25 HP IB Commands HP 11757B Table A 1 Error Messages continued Error Message Detail Action Required Number Number 141 Invalid character data MEASURE 2877 Correct the HP IB query MEAS ARR STAT or MEAS ARR DYN FM so that its lst parameter is the number of points from 1 to 100 its 2nd parameter is the phase MINimum NONMinimum or BOTH its 3rd parameter is BER or ALARm and its 4th parameter is ON or OFF 141 Invalid character 2882 Correct the HP IB query data MEAS ARR HYST MEAS ARR HYST so that its 1st parameter is the number o
93. Both phases BER Criteria and MK Search OFF 1 OUTPUT 714 CONFIGURE ARRAY STATIC 10 BOTH BER OFF OUTPUT 714 INITIATE Starts the measurement OUTPUT 714 FETCH Gets the measured data ENTER 714 Array OUTPUT 714 FETCH DFM Gets the Dispersive Fade Margin ENTER 714 Fade_margin Example Query This query returns a string which looks like the full CONFigure command needed to represent the current measurement setup with all optional subsystems and parameters included OUTPUT 714 CONFIGURE ENTER 714 Configure HP 11757B CONFigure RECovery Configure Recovery Time Measurement CONFigure RECovery Configure Recovery Time Measurement Syntax Description Example Command OUTPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT ENTER 714 Recovery_time Example Query BER CONFigure RECovery ALARm Configures for a Recovery Time measurement If the parameter is omitted BER is assumed If you don t use CONFigure before an INITIATE the current measurement setup will be assumed The following example sets up and executes a Recovery Time measurement 714 RST l 714 CONFIGURE REC BER 714 INITIATE 714 FETCH PRESETS the HP 11757B Starts the measurement Gets the measured data Gets a single value equal to the recovery time This query returns a string which looks like the full CONFigure command needed to represent the current measurement setup with all optional subsys
94. DEPTH DATA 2316 Correct the HP IB controller program so that the HP IB CAL MINDEPTH command has exactly 1 parameter the HP IB query may have exactly 1 parameter 107 Incorrect number of parame ters CAL NMINDEPTH DATA 2321 Correct the HP IB controller program so that the HP IB CAL NMINDEPTH command has exactly 1 parameter the HP IB query may have exactly 1 parameter 107 Incorrect number of parameters CAL FREQ DATA 2326 Correct the HP IB controller program so that the HP IB CAL FREQ command has exactly 1 parameter the HP IB query may have exactly 1 parameter A 35 HP IB Commands HP 11757B Table A 1 Error Messages continued Error Number Message Detail Number Action Required 107 Incorrect number of parameters CAL MINFLAT DATA 2331 Correct the HP IB controller program so that the HP IB CAL MINFLAT command has exactly 1 parameter the HP IB query may have exactly 1 parameter 107 Incorrect number of parameters CAL NMINFLAT DATA 2336 Correct the HP IB controller program so that the HP IB CAL NMINFLAT command has exactly 1 parameter the HP IB query may have exactly 1 parameter 107 Incorrect number of parameters CAL ATT DATA 2341 Correct the HP IB controller program so that the HP IB CAL ATT command has exactly 1 parameter the HP IB query may have exactly 1 parameter 107 Incorrect
95. Description Example Command Example Query 5 8 lt NR gt POWer ATTenuation STOP 4 MAXimum MINimum MAXimum POWer ATTenuation STOP MINimum Sets the stop attenuation for sweeps If attenuation sweep is active this restarts the sweep Negative attenuation is gain Input range is 30 0dB to 99 9dB The Preset value is 0dB The query returns the stop attenuation setting Sets the stop attenuation value to 0 1 dB of loss OUTPUT 714 POW ATT STOP 0 1 OUTPUT 714 POW ATT STOP ENTER 714 Stop_power HP 11757B POWer DEPTh Set Fixed Notch Depth POWer DEPTh Set Fixed Notch Depth Syntax lt NRf gt POWer DEPTh 4 MAXimum MINimum aaa POWer DEPTh MINimum Description Sets the fixed notch depth value If the depth sweep is active this has no affect on the signal Input range is 0dB to 99 9dB The Preset value is 0dB The query returns the fixed notch depth value If the depth sweep is active this returns the true current power depth during the sweep Example Command Sets the fixed notch depth value to 34 0 dB OUTPUT 714 POW DEPT 34 OUTPUT 714 POW DEPT ENTER 714 Notch_depth Example Query HP 11757B POWer DEPTh DELay Set Delay Time lt NRf gt time suff POWer DEPTh DELay 4 MAXimum MINimum Syntax MAXimum POWer DEPTh DELay MINimum Description Sets the delay time for the reflected signal Input range is 1 0ns to 25 0ns The Preset value is 6 3ns The qu
96. Disable Printer Output ON Syntax SYSTem COMMunicate PRINter STATe l T SYSTem COMMunicate PRINter STATe Description Enables or disables printer output Preset OFF The query returns the current printout enable disable state Example Command To change the Fader s printout enable disable state to enabled run the following program 10 OUTPUT 714 SYST COMM PRIN STAT ON 20 END Example Query To read the Fader s current printout enable disable state run the following program 10 OUTPUT 714 SYST COMM PRIN STAT 20 ENTER 714 Print_state 30 PRINT Print_state 40 END 5 91 HP 11757B SYSTem DATE Set the Date Syntax Description Example Command lt NRf gt lt NRf gt SYSTem DATE lt MAXimum MAXimum MINimum MINimum lt NRf gt MAXimum MINimum MAXimum l MINimum i MAXimum MINimum MAXimum MINimum Sets the date The first parameter is year with millenium the second parameter is month and the third parameter is day The year can be from 1970 70 on front panel to 2069 69 on front panel The month range is 1 to 12 The day range will depend on the the month leap years are taken into account Preset has no affect on the Fader s date SYSTem DATE The query returns the Fader s current date To set the Fader s date to February 29th 1992 run the following program 10 OUTPUT 714 SYST DATE 1992 2 29 20 END HP 11757B SYSTem DATE Set the Date E
97. EQ display reads 45 0 then press ENTER If you are prompted to enter other values for notch depth and flat fade attenuation press ENTER for each Press SET STOP Press ENTER until the FREQ field on the display is active one of the digits will flash Use the arrow keys until the FREQ display reads 85 0 then press ENTER If you are prompted to enter a value for notch depth and attenuation press ENTER for each Press SHIFT PRESET LOCAL Use the A key until the display reads 1 SINGLE SWP then press ENTER Use the 4 if necessary to display SINGLE SWP OFF then press ENTER Press SHIFT NOTCH FREQ HP 11757B HP IB Codes Detailed Operating Instructions The HP IB code for notch frequency is FREQ MODE SWE To fix the notch frequency use FREQ MODE FIX HP IB Keystroke Program Code SWP ALL SWE ALL SWE SWP ALL OFF SWE ALL FIX SWP FREQ FREQ MODE SWE SWP FREQ OFF FREQ MODE FIX SWP DEPTH POW DEPT MODE SWE SWP DEPTH OFF POW DEPT MODE FIX SWP ATTEN POW ATT MODE SWE SWP ATTEN OFF POW ATT MODE FIX 2 93 Detailed Operating Instructions HP 11757B SWEEP ON OFFs Description Remote Procedure 2 94 Four shifted functions are used to toggle on and off sweeps of the fader functions SHIFT SET START Toggles on and off all sweep functions SHIFT NOTCH FREQ Toggles on and off notch frequency sweep SHIFT NOTCH DEPT
98. ER ECO ENTER 714 Error_count_criteria 5 47 HP 11757B TRIGger2 BER FREQuency Set Radio Bit Rate lt NRf gt freq suff TRIGger2 BER FREQuency 4 MAXimum MINimum Syntax Description Tells the HP 11757B the bit rate of the radio that is sending the ERROR PULSE s Input range is 10kHz to 200MHz Preset 44 7MHz For more detail on how the HP 11757B computes bit error rate see the description of the RADIO SETUP key in the local operation part of this manual Example Command OUTPUT 714 TRIG2 BER FREQ 32MHZ Example Query OUTPUT 714 TRIG BER FREQ ENTER 714 Radio_bit_rate 5 48 HP 11757B TRIGger2 BER MULTiplier Scale Incoming Errors TRIGger2 BER MULTiplier Scale Incoming Errors lt NRf gt TRIGger2 BER MULTiplier 4 MAXimum MINimum Syntax Description Tells Fader how many errors are actually in one ERROR PULSE Input range is 0 01 to 100 Preset 1 For more detail on how the HP 11757B computes bit error rate see the description of the RADIO SETUP key in the local operation part of this manual The query returns the current MULTiplier setting in the Fader Example Command OUTPUT 714 TRIG2 BER MULT 1 0 Example Query OUTPUT 714 TRIG2 BER MULT ENTER 714 Scale_factor 5 49 HP 11757B TRIGger2 BER SYMBol TIME Set Radio Symbol Time Syntax Description Example Command Example Query 5 50 lt NRf gt time suff TRIGger2 BER SYMBol TIME 4 MAXim
99. ET LOCAL Use the 4 and arrows until the display changes to O SLEW TIME Press ENTER 2 Use the arrow keys or the data entry keys to enter the value you want 3 Press the ENTER key Press SHIFT then ENTER to exit MORE mode The program code for SLEW TIME is SWE SLEW To set a slew time of 12 34 seconds OUTPUT 714 SWE SLEW 12 348 Keystroke Program Code SLEW TIME SWE SLEW SLEW TIME is the amount of time the instrument takes to change linearly between the last entered value and the current value The Slew annunciator will be lit as the function changes between values HP 11757B SLOPES Description Local Procedure Remote Procedure Detailed Operating Instructions The function SLOPES uses an out of band notch to generate an in band slope The slope values must be one of the following 0 5 0 3 0 3 or 0 5 dB MHz When you have activated the SLOPES function the display field will display the frequency band and one of the slopes values in db MHz If you have a fader with a 140 MHz option that option may be displayed by pressing 4 four times The A key will step the fader through the slope options for the 70 MHz band then step through the options for the 140 MHz band The 7 key will reverse the direction in which the fader is stepping 1 Press SHIFT then 4 for SLOPES 2 The fader will display the frequency band and the present slope setting
100. H Toggles on and off notch depth sweep ATTEN Toggles on and off attenuator sweep The program code for controlling all three sweeps frequency depth and attenuation is SSWE ALL SWE To turn all sweeps off use SWE ALL FIX OUTPUT 714 SWE ALL SWE To sweep a fade event stored in memory use LISTn where n is the number assigned to the fade event For example if you have an event stored as 3 the following will start it OUTPUT 714 SWE ALL LIST3 You may sweep continuously which sweeps from start values to stop values and back continuously or you may sweep just once The program code for continuous sweeping is SWE MODE AUTO The program code for a single sweep is SWE MODE MAN AUTO is the preset setting For example if you wish only a single sweep OUTPUT 714 SWE MODE MAN To sweep individual functions use FREQ MODE SWE for frequency sweeping POW DEPT MODE SWE for HP 11757B HP IB Program Codes Detailed Operating Instructions notch depth sweeping and POW ATT MODE SWE for attenuation sweeping Use FIX instead off SWE to stop a function from sweeping Keystroke Program Code SWP ALL SWE ALL SWE SWP ALL OFF SWE ALL FIX SWP FREQ FREQ MODE SWE SWP FREQ OFF FREQ MODE FIX SWP DEPTH POW DEPT MODE SWE SWP DEPTH OFF POW DEPT MODE FIX SWP ATTEN POW ATT MODE SWE SWP ATTEN OFF POW ATT MODE FIX Detailed Operating Instructions SYNCHRONIZA TION
101. IB query may have 0 or 1 parameters 107 Incorrect number of 2661 Correct the HP IB controller parameters MEAS SETUP SPEED program so that the HP IB measurement speed command has exactly 1 parameter the HP IB query may have 0 or 1 parameters 107 Incorrect number of 2666 Correct the HP IB controller parameters MEAS SETUP DEVIATION program so that the HP IB measurement deviation command has exactly 1 parameter the HP IB query may have 0 or 1 parameters A 42 HP 11757B HP IB Commands Table A 1 Error Messages continued Error Message Detail Action Required Number Number 107 Incorrect number of 2691 Correct the HP IB controller parameters ERROR IMP program so that the HP IB ERROR IMP command has exactly 1 parameter the HP IB query may have 0 or 1 parameters 107 Incorrect number of 2706 Correct the HP IB controller parameters TEST MASK POINTS program so that the HP IB test QUERY mask number of points query has 0 or 1 parameters 107 Incorrect number of 2711 Correct the HP IB controller parameters ERROR COUP program so that the HP IB ERROR COUP command has exactly 1 parameter the HP IB query may have exactly 0 parameters 107 Incorrect number of parame 2721 Correct the HP IB controller ters CALC LIM CONT DATA program so that the HP IB x value test mask command has from 1 to 12 parameters the HP IB query may have 0 or 1 paramete
102. IN program so that the HP IB LIST POW DEPT PHAS POIN query has 0 or 1 parameters 107 Incorrect number of 2416 Correct the HP IB controller parameters LIST SSEQ program so that the HP IB LIST SSEQ command has exactly 2 parameters the HP IB query may have 0 or 2 parameters 107 Incorrect number of 2426 Correct the HP IB controller parameters DELAY program so that the HP IB delay command has exactly 1 parameter the HP IB query may have 0 or 1 parameters A 38 HP 11757B HP IB Commands Table A 1 Error Messages continued Error Message Detail Action Required Number Number 107 Incorrect number of 2436 Correct the HP IB controller parameters RESET TIMER program so that the HP IB INIT TPW command has exactly 0 parameters 107 Incorrect number of parameters READ TIMER 2441 Correct the HP IB controller program so that the HP IB FETCH TPW query has exactly 0 parameters 107 Incorrect number of parameters AGC ON OFF 2446 Correct the HP IB controller program so that the HP IB AGC enable command has exactly 1 parameter the HP IB query may have exactly 0 parameters 107 Incorrect number of parameters AGC CENTER FREQ 2451 Correct the HP IB controller program so that the HP IB AGC center frequency command has exactly 1 parameter the HP IB query may have 0 or 1 parameters 107 Incorrect number of parameters AGC BANDWIDTH
103. INPUT ALARm can be used instead of INPut3 if desired The SOURce 1 subsystem is used for the multipath fading simulator The SOURce2 subsystem is used for the three tone source If you need more information about SCPI refer to the Beginner s Guide to SCPI which has been included with this Fader HP 11757B SCPI Conformance Information Table D 1 SCPI Conformance Programming Command Status CAL IEEE 488 2 Optional CLS IEEE 488 2 Required CALCulate LIMit STATe SCPI Confirmed CALCulate LIMit CON Trol MINimum DATA Non SCPI CALCulate LIMit CON Trol MINimum POINts Non SCPI CALCulate LIMit CON Trol NON Minimum DATA Non SCPI CALCulate LIMit CON Trol NON Minimum POINts Non SCPI CALCulate LIMit FAIL SCPI Confirmed CALCulate LIMit FCOunt SCPI Confirmed CALCulate LIMit IN Terpolate SCPI Confirmed CALCulate LIMit LO Wer MINimum DATA Non SCPI CALCulate LIMit LO Wer MINimum POINts Non SCPI CALCulate LIMit LO Wer NONMinimum DATA Non SCPI CALCulate LIMit CON Trol NON Minimum POINts Non SCPI CALCulate PATH SCPI Confirmed CALCulate SMOothing STATe SCPI Confirmed CON Figure SCPI Confirmed CONFigure ARRay STATic Non SCPI CONFigure ARRay DYNamic FM Non SCPI CONFigure ARRay DYNamic SWEep Non SCPI CONFigure ARRay HYSTeresis Non SCPI CONFigure SCALar RECovery Non SCPI
104. LCORE This query will return the CCIR dispersive fade margin measured by the previous INITIATE command HP IB Compliance Introduction This appendix contains miscellaneous information regarding remote programming using HP IB the Hewlett Packard Interface Bus This appendix also contains some information about compliance with IEEE 488 1 1987 IEEE 488 2 1987 and SCPI Standard Commands for Programmable Instruments D 1 SCPI Conformance Information D 2 HP 11757B The Fader uses the SCPI Standard Commands for Programmable Instruments language for HP IB communication The SCPI commands and queries that the Fader understands are listed and described individually in the Remote Reference chapter The SCPI version number that the Fader supports at the writing of this manual is 1991 0 The following table lists all of the commands and queries that the Fader understands and whether they are SCPI approved SCPI confirmed or non SCPI In addition the IEEE Standard 488 2 1987 commands and queries are labeled IEEE 488 2 Required and IEEE 488 2 Optional In the table if a command is terminated with a question mark enclosed in parentheses that particular syntax is both a command and a query The INPut1 subsystem is used for the IF INPUT The INPut2 subsystem is used for the ERROR PULSE INPUT ERRor can be used instead of INPut2 if desired The INPut3 subsystem is used for the ALARM
105. Manual for troubleshooting information 311 Memory error EEPROM is disabled try again cal data was not copied 2529 An attempt to write to the EEPROM failed because the EEPROM was disabled See Service Manual for how to enable the EEPROM 311 Memory error EEPROM sumcheck fail 1301 The EEPROM sumcheck failed which indicates that the calibration data stored there is bad See Service Manual for troubleshooting information 311 Memory error No data found in EEPROM 1302 The EEPROM has no data in it See Service Manual for troubleshooting information 311 Memory error Cannont read EEPROM 1303 There is a hardware problem with the EEPROM or the EEPROM does not exist See Service Manual for troubleshooting information A 4 HP 11757B HP IB Commands Table A 1 Error Messages continued Error Number Message Detail Number Action Required 260 Expression error A syntax error occurred within an expression Check that the expression contains correct numeric data or the words MAX MAXIMUM MIN MINIMUM DEF or DEFAULT 230 Data corrupt or stale Data is invalid 500 Measurement data cannot be accessed because it does not exist or it is invalid A measurement must be successfully completed before it can be accessed Preset marks the measurement data as invalid 230 Data corrupt or stale Measurement
106. NMinimum or BOTH criteria can be BER or ALARm mksearch can be ON or OFF READ ARR STAT read_points read_phase Makes a measurement based on the above CONFigure and returns frequency depth pairs The number of pairs of data will be equal to read_points read_phase can be MINimum NON Minimum or BOTH If BOTH is chosen the number of pairs of data will be equal to 2 points with MINimum data returned first read_points cannot be bigger than the CONFigure command s points read_phase cannot conflict with the CONFigure command s phase DYNAMIC S 4 steps HP 11757B Using READ function Set up FREQ STAR FREQ STOP FREQ RATE STAR FREQ RATE STOP TRIG2 TIM and SWE SLEW RATE this measurement does not use CALC SMO STAT If using BER criteria set up TRIG2 BER TRIG2 BER ECO TRIG2 BER FREQ TRIG2 BER MULT ERROR IMP ERROR COUP and TRIG2 LEV It is recommended that the SCPI commands TRIG2 ECL and TRIG2 TTL be used instead of ERROR COUP If using ALARm criteria set up ALARM POL CONF ARR DYN SWE points phase criteria This configures for a Dynamic S measurement points describes how many measurement points to use phase can be MINimum NONMinimum or BOTH criteria can be BER or ALARm READ ARR DYN SWE read_points read_phase Makes a measurement based on the above CONFigure and returns sw
107. Notice Hewlett Packard to Agilent Technologies Transition This documentation supports a product that previously shipped under the H ewlett Packard company brand name The brand name has now been changed to Agilent Technologies The two products are functionally identical only our name has changed The document still includes references to Hewlett Packard products some of which have been transitioned to Agilent Technologies 0d Bee Agilent Technologies Printed in USA March 2000 HP 11757B Multipath Fading Simulator Operation and Programming SERIAL NUMBERS Attached to the rear panel of the instrument is a serial number plate The serial number is in the form 0000A00000 The first four digits and the letter are the serial number prefix The last five digits are the suffix The prefix is the same for identical instruments it changes only when a configuration change is made to the instrument The suffix however is assigned sequentially and is different for each instrument This manual applies to instruments with serial numbers prefixed 3606U and above L HEWLETT PACKARD HP Part No 11757 90059 HEWLETT PACKARD COMPANY 1992 1993 1996 1998 Station Road South Queensferry Scotland EH30 9TG UK Printed in UK Contents General Information Description 2 2 ee ee 1 1 DR Sas case A eo Bet oh be OP es 1 1 IF Ba ds se s a anaha Bee ao As 1 2 Option 001 1 2 Connecting the HP 11757B ta a BERT 1
108. P IB query may have 0 or 1 parameters A 48 HP 11757B HP IB Commands Table A 1 Error Messages continued Error Message Detail Action Required Number Number 107 Incorrect number of 2951 Correct the HP IB controller parameters RADIO SYMBOL TIME program so that the HP IB TRIG2 BER SYMB TIME command has exactly 1 parameter the HP IB query may have 0 or 1 parameters 107 Incorrect number of parameters ERROR BIAS VOLT 2991 Correct the HP IB controller program so that the HP IB ERROR BIAS VOLT command has exactly 1 parameter the HP IB query may have 0 or 1 parameters 105 GET not allowed Correct the HP IB controller program so that the group execute trigger does not occur within a line of HP IB program code 104 Data type error Correct the HP IB controller program so that the data included with the HP IB command is a type of data understood by the Fader A 49 HP IB Commands HP 11757B Table A 1 Error Messages continued Error Number Message Detail Number Action Required 103 Invalid separator Correct the HP IB controller program so that data included with the HP IB command is separated only by commas and spaces No Error No action needed The error queue contains no errors 752 Print did not complete successfully A printout did not successfully complete This error is due to aborting a print
109. POWer DEPTh STOP PHASe l NONMinimum POWer DEPTh STOP PHASe Description Sets the stop notch phase If depth sweep is active this restarts the sweep The Preset value is MIN The fastest way to set the stop depth value and phase at the same time is like this OUTPUT 714 POW DEPT STOP 12 1 STOP PHAS NONM The query returns the stop notch phase This query returns MIN or NONM so you must read it in as a string Example Command Sets the stop notch depth value to minimum phase OUTPUT 714 POW DEPT PHAS STOP MINIMUM Example Query OUTPUT 714 POW DEPT PHAS STOP ENTER 714 Stop_phase 5 17 HP 11757B FREQuency Set Notch Frequency Syntax lt NRf gt freq suff FREQuency 4 MAXimum MINimum Description Sets the frequency of a fixed notch If no suffix is included with the input value it is assumed to be in hertz If the frequency sweep is active this has no affect on the signal Input range is 30MHz to 190MHz Preset 70MHz The query returns the fixed notch frequency setting If the frequency sweep is active this returns the true current hardware setting Serial prefixes less than 3215A have an upper range of 180 0 MHz Example Command OUTPUT 714 FREQ 40 1MHz Example Query OUTPUT 714 FREQ ENTER 714 Notch_frequency HP 11757B FREQuency MODE Set Sweep Mode for Notch Frequency FREQuency MODE Set Sweep Mode for Notch Frequency Syntax FIXed FREQuency MODE lt SWEep LISTn Descri
110. Procedure HP IB Program Codes Comments Detailed Operating Instructions 9 Press SHIFT NOTCH DEPTH The program code for NOTCH DEPTH is POW DEPT Example Set the NOTCH DEPTH to 25 dB OUTPUT 714 POW DEPT 25 DB Set the start and stop parameters of a NOTCH DEPTH sweep to 10 and 25 dB OUTPUT 714 POW DEPT STAR 10DB OUTPUT 714 POW DEPT STOP 25DB To start a notch depth sweep OUTPUT 714 POW DEPT MODE SWE Keystroke Program Code NOTCH DEPTH POW DEPT SET START POW DEPT STAR SET STOP POW DEPT STOP SWP DEPTH POW DEPT MODE SWE The preset value for notch depth is 0 dB The preset value for start sweep is 20 dB stop sweep is 20 dB and the preset mode for sweep depth is OFF 2 53 Detailed Operating Instructions NOTCH FREQ Description Local Procedure HP 11757B The key allows entry of the center frequency of the notch The values range from 30 100 MHz for a 70 MHz Fader and from 100 180 MHz for a 14 l 5 0 MHz Fader Option 140 Press the NOTCH FREQ key The Fader will display the last frequency entered with one digit blinking If the Fader has been PRESET the display will read 70 0 0 0 0 0 Modify the blinking digit see below until the desired frequency is displayed a Use A or y to modify the blinking digit b Use 4 or gt to move to other digits c Press the ENTER key or Press the NOTCH FREQ key Use
111. QS request service bit The MSS indicates whether or not the device has at least one reason for requesting service Refer to Table 4 8 for the meaning of the bits in the status byte STB Read Status Byte Query Syntax Description Note i Y To read the Fader s status byte with RQS reported on bit 6 use the HP IB Serial Poll STB Read Status Byte Query Example Command HP 11757B Table 4 8 The Status Byte Bit Bit Bit Condition Weight Name 7 128 OPER 0 no OPERation status conditions have occurred 1 an enabled OPERation status condition has occured 6 64 RQS MSS 0 Fader has no reason for service 1 Fader is requesting service 5 32 ESB 0 no event status conditions have occurred 1 an enabled event status condition has occurred 4 16 MAV 0 no output messages are ready 1 an output message is ready 3 8 QUES 0 no QUEStionable status conditions have occurred 1 an enabled QUEStionable status condition has occurred 2 4 Not used always 0 1 2 Not used always 0 0 1 Not used always 0 Example Query 0 False Low 1 True High program There is no command for this query To read the Fader s Status Byte run the following 10 OUTPUT 714 STB 20 ENTER 714 Status_byte 30 PRINT Status_byte 40 END HP 11757B Related Commands See Also STB Read Status Byte Query STATus OPERation ENABle STATus 0 PERation EVENt STATus QUE
112. RIG2 BER MULT ERROR IMP ERROR COUP and TRIG2 LEV this measurement does not use TRIG2 BER ECO It is recommended that the SCPI commands TRIG2 ECL and TRIG2 TTL be used instead of ERROR COUP If using ALARm criteria set up ALARM POL CONF REC criteria This configures for a recovery measurement criteria can be BER or ALARm READ REC Makes a measurement based on the above CONFigure and returns one value which is equal to the recovery time No parameters are allowed with READ REC BIT ERROR RATE 3 steps 1 Set up TRIG2 BER FREQ TRIG2 BER MULT ERROR IMP ERROR COUP and TRIG2 LEV this measurement does not use TRIG2 BER nor Using READ function HP 11757B TRIG2 BER ECO It is recommended that the SCPI commands TRIG2 ECL and TRIG2 TTL be used instead of ERROR COUP CONF BER This configures for a bit error rate measurement No parameters are allowed with CONF BER READ REC Makes a measurement based on the above CONFigure and returns one value which is equal to the bit error rate The BER is calculated by looking at the error input for approximately 1 second No parameters are allowed with READ REC BELLCORE DISPERSIVE FADE MARGIN 2 steps 1 CONFigure function for any measurement type except RECOVERY TIME BER and DYNAMIC S READ DFM BELLCORE This query will take a measurement based on the measurement type selected in step 1 and
113. RROR PULSE of the BERT to the ERROR PULSE INPUT of the Fader you must also connect an Alarm line from either your radio or your BERT to the ALARM INPUT line of the Fader This is because when no errors are present on the ERROR PULSE INPUT line the Fader cannot tell the difference between an out of lock situation and one were the bit error rate is truly zero The Fader needs the ALARM INPUT line to determine which of these situations is occurring 1 3 General Information HP 11757B Documentation Four other manuals make up the documentation set for the HP 11757B They are Installation and Calibration This manual contains information needed to install verify and calibrate the HP 11757B It is shipped inside the binder for the User s Guide a Making Measurements with the HP 11757B Multipath Fading Simulator This manual contains detailed instructions for making specific measurements with the Fader This manual is also shipped inside the binder with the User s Guide Beginner s Guide to SCPI This guide provides the elementary concepts you must know before you can program instruments that implement the Standard Commands for Programmable Instruments SCPI SCPI was formerly known as TMSL This manual is also shipped with the User s Guide m Service Manual This manual contains procedures needed for assembly level troubleshooting adjustments and servicing of the Fader INSTALLATION MAKING OPERATION AND MEA
114. S SETUP 2645 Select a front panel error bit value ERROR BITS from 2 to 15 222 Data out of range MEAS SETUP 2660 Select a measurement speed from SPEED the following values 10 MHz S 30 MHz S 100 MHz S 300 MHz S 600 MHz S and 1200 MHz S 222 Data out of range sMEAS SETUP 2665 Select a measurement deviation from DEVIATION the following values 1 MHz 2 MHz 4 MHz 6 MHz 10 MHz and 20 MHz 222 Data out of range ERROR IMP 2690 Correct the HP IB command ERROR IMP so that it has a parameter value of 75 Ohm or 10 kOhm 222 Data out of 2720 Select a test mask x value from range CALC LIM CONT DATA 1E6 to 6E9 A 15 HP IB Commands HP 11757B Table A 1 Error Messages continued Error Message Detail Action Required Number Number 222 Data out of 2735 Select a test mask depth from 0 dB range CALC LIM LOW DATA to 99 9 dB 222 Data out of range DIAG PIT 2755 Correct the HP IB command DIAG PIT or DIAG PIT so that its lst parameter has a value from 0 to 11 and its 2nd parameter command only has a value from 0 to 255 222 Data out of range sSYST DATE 2770 Correct the HP IB command SYST DATE so that its Ist parameter value is from 1970 to 2069 its 2nd parameter value from 1 to 12 The 3rd parameter value must be correct for the month and year selected by the first two parameters leap years are observed This error could also occur if the da
115. SUREMENTS AND CALIBRATION WITH THE PROGRAMMING HP11757B HP11757B MULTIPATH FADING SIMULATOR HP11757B HP11757B MULTIPATH MULTIPATH MULTIPATH FADING FADING FADING SIMULATOR SIMULATOR SIMULATOR SERVICE MANUAL Figure 1 1 HP 11757B Documentation HP 11757B Safety Considerations Instruments Covered by this Manual Specifications General Information This product is a Safety Class I instrument that is one provided with a protective earth terminal The Fader and all related documentation should be reviewed for familiarization with safety markings and instructions before operation Refer to the Safety Considerations page found at the beginning of this manual for a summary of the safety information Safety information for installation operation and performance testing is found in Installation and Calibration Manual Attached to the rear panel of the instrument is a serial number plate The serial number is in the form 0000A00000 The first four digits and the letter are the serial number prefix The last five digits are the suffix The prefix is the same for identical instruments it changes only when a configuration change is made to the instrument The suffix however is assigned sequentially and is different for each instrument The contents of this manual apply directly to instruments having the serial number prefix es listed under Serial Numbers on the title page Instrument specificati
116. SWP then press ENTER Use the 4 if necessary to display SINGLE SWP OFF then press ENTER Press SHIFT ATTEN HP 11757B HP IB Codes Detailed Operating Instructions The HP IB code for attenuator sweep is POW ATT MODE SWE To fix the attenuator use POW ATT MODE FIX Sweep Codes Keystroke Program Code SWP ALL SWE ALL SWE SWP ALL OFF SWE ALL FIX SWP FREQ FREQ MODE SWE SWP FREQ OFF FREQ MODE FIX SWP DEPTH POW DEPT MODE SWE SWP DEPTH OFF POW DEPT MODE FIX SWP ATTEN POW ATT MODE SWE SWP ATTEN OFF POW ATT MODE FIX 2 89 Detailed Operating Instructions HP 11757B SWEEP DEPTH 2 90 Description Example This function sweeps notch depth MORE function 1 determines whether a single sweep or continuous sweeping will take place The start and stop depth levels are set using SET START and SET stop If notch depth is already sweeping the SWP DEPTH GHIFT NOTCH DEPTH will stop the sweeping To set the notch depth for a 1 second sweep from 0 to 40 dB 1 2 1 Press SET START Press ENTER until the DEPTH field on the display is active one of the digits will have a marker Use the arrow keys until the DEPTH display reads 00 0 then press ENTER If you are prompted to enter a value for flat fade attenuation press ENTER Press SET STOP Press ENTER until the DEPTH field on the display is active one of the digits will h
117. Select a test mask depth from 0 dB DEPTH to 99 9 dB 222 Data out of range SET TIME 2990 Select a front panel TIME from 0000 to 2359 222 Data out of range SET DATE 2595 Select a front panel DATE from 000101 to 991231 222 Data out of range RADIO BIT 2600 Select a radio bit rate from 10 kHz RATE to 200 MHz 222 Data out of range RADIO SCALE 2605 Select a radio error scale factor from FACTOR 0 01 to 100 222 Data out of range MEAS SETUP 2620 Select a front panel number of DATA POINTS measurement points from 1 to 100 222 Data out of range MEAS SETUP 2625 Select a front panel measurement START FREQ start notch frequency within the following ranges Option 000 30 MHz to 100 MHz Option 140 90 MHz to 190 MHz Option 147 30 MHz to 190 MHz HP 11757B HP IB Commands Table A 1 Error Messages continued Error Message Detail Action Required Number Number 222 Data out of range MEAS SETUP 2630 Select a front panel measurement STOP FREQ stop notch frequency within the following ranges Option 000 30 MHz to 100 MHz Option 140 90 MHz to 190 MHz Option 147 30 MHz to 190 MHz 222 Data out of range sMEAS SETUP 2635 Select a measurement start rate START RATE from 1 MHz S to 6 GHz S 222 Data out of range MEAS SETUP 2640 Select a measurement stop rate from STOP RATE 1 MHz S to 6 GHz S 222 Data out of range MEA
118. Settings conflict Printer destination 750 The printer is disabled Select a is NONE destination using the front panel key PRINTER or enable the printer using the HP IB command SYST COMM PRIN STAT ON 221 Settings conflict Address must be 50 753 If a printout is requested by pressing for front panel initated print a front panel key the HP IB address of the Fader must be 50 TALK ONLY 221 Settings conflict Selected fade event 2167 The fade event number requested is not defined was never defined by the LIST SSEQ command 221 Settings conflict READ settings 2892 The READ function parameters conflict with measurement setup conflict with the current measurement setup A 21 HP IB Commands HP 11757B Table A 1 Error Messages continued Error Message Detail Action Required Number Number 221 Settings conflict READ REC or 2902 If attempting a READ REC the READ DFM conflicts with measurement setup must be for a measurement setup recovery measurement If attempting a READ DFM the measurement setup must be for a Static M curve a Hysteresis M curve or a Dynamic M curve 220 Parameter error BAD ADC 1494 CHANNEL SELECTED 220 Parameter error BAD ADC 1494 Select an A D channel from 0 to 7 CHANNEL SELECTED 220 Parameter error INCORRECT 2250 The learn string sent to the Fader BLOCK WITH SYST SET is corrupt too long Check that the
119. Stionable ENABle STATus QUEStionable EVENt ESE ESR PRE SRE IST STATus subsystem Related Documents in Appedix D 4 33 HP 11757B TRG Trigger Command Syntax Description Example Command Example Query Related Commands See Also 4 34 TRG If TRIG SOUR is set to EXT TRG will create a trigger If the Fader is not in external trigger mode error message 211 Trigger ignored will be in the HP IB queue see SYSTem ERRor for information on how to read the HP IB error queue The TRG command has the same effect on the Fader as the Group Execute Trigger GET To trigger the Fader using the TRG command run the following program 10 OUTPUT 714 TRG 20 END To trigger the Fader using the GET Group Execute Trigger command run the following program 10 TRIGGER 714 20 END There is no query for this command TRIGger SOURce Related Documents in Appedix D HP 11757B TST Self Test Query TST Self Test Query Syntax Description Example Command Example Query See Also TST Returned Format lt result gt lt NL gt Where lt result gt 0 or non zero value Where 0 indicates the test passed Non zero indicates the test failed The TST query causes the Fader to perform a self test The result of the test will be placed in the output queue A 0 indicates the test passed and a non zero value indicates the te
120. T 714 SWE ALL LIST2 END OUTPUT 714 SWE ALL LISTO O0PC ENTER 714 Op_complete OUTPUT 714 SWE ALL LIST2 END The following example program executes fade event 0 and then does some BASIC crunching that has nothing to do with talking to the Fader When fade event 0 is done fade event 2 is run 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 PPOLL CONFIGURE 714 4 OUTPUT 714 ESE 1 OUTPUT 714 PRE 32 OUTPUT 714 SWE ALL LISTO 0PC Do some BASIC crunching Ppoll_response PPOLL 7 IF BIT Ppoll_response 4 1 THEN 50 OUTPUT 714 SWE ALL LIST2 END The following example program shows how to use an SRQ interrupt routine The WHILE loop waits until the measurement is done before an ENTER is performed 10 OPTION BASE 1 20 DIM Array 40 30 ON INTR 7 15 GOSUB Read_data D 13 Avoiding Fader Interruptions HP 11757B 40 OUTPUT 714 CLS 50 OUTPUT 714 STAT OPER NTR 16 60 OUTPUT 714 STAT OPER ENAB 16 70 OUTPUT 714 SRE 128 80 Measure_loop 90 Intr_occurred 0 100 ENABLE INTR 7 2 110 OUTPUT 714 CONF ARR STAT 20 MIN BER OFF 120 OUTPUT 714 INITIATE 130 OUTPUT 714 FETCH 140 WHILE Intr_occurred 0 150 Do some BASIC crunching 160 END WHILE 170 ENTER 714 Array 180 OUTPUT 714 CLS 190 PRINT Array 200 GOTO Measure_loop 210 Read_data 220 Intr_occurred 1 230 DISABLE INTR 7 240 RETURN 250 END Overlapped HP IB In the Fader all HP IB commands can potentially Commands be overlapped
121. TCh C 24 with MEAS C 12 with READ C 18 Clear Status Command 4 4 clock time set 5 100 CLS 44 codes HP IB program 2 58 Command OPC D 12 D 13 D 14 OPC D 12 D 13 D 14 WAI D 12 D 13 D 14 Command Error A 2 commands common 4 1 37 subsystem 5 1 135 command structure 3 4 command syntax conventions and definitions 3 3 common commands 4 1 37 learn string 4 16 list of 4 2 CONFigure ARRay DYNamic FM 5 73 ARRay DYNamic SWEep 5 75 ARRay HYSTeresis 5 77 ARRay STATic 5 79 BER 5 82 function default parameters C 5 function optional parameters C 5 RECovery 5 81 controllers 3 1 coupling for ERROR PULSE INPUT set 5 55 coupling of the ALARM input read 5 57 CRITERIA 2 35 Index 3 D data download last measured 5 84 data entry 2 11 data points 2 32 DATA PTS 2 32 date set 2 76 5 92 DCL D 16 delay 2 12 delay time for reflected signal set value of 5 10 DEVIATION 2 35 Device Clear D 16 Device Dependent Error A 2 DFM TYPE 2 38 dispersive fade margin 2 29 Bellcore 2 30 CCIR 2 30 display 2 13 enable disable 5 135 DISPlay 5 135 documentation 1 4 DRTS 1 1 Dynamic M configure 5 73 criteria 5 73 data points 5 73 frequency deviation 5 60 MK Search 5 73 phase 5 73 Rate 5 61 start frequency 5 22 stop frequency 5 23 Dynamic M Curve 2 35 2 42 with FETCh C 21 with MEAS C 10 with READ C 15 Dynamic S Configure 5 75 Criteria 5 75 Data Points 5
122. TTenuation Non SCPI SOU Ree 1 LIST POWer ATTenuation POINts Non SCPI SOU Rce 1 LIST POWer DEPTh Non SCPI SOU Ree 1 LIST POWer DEPTh POINts Non SCPI SOU Rce 1 LIST POWer DEPTh PHASe Non SCPI SOU Ree 1 LIST POWer DEPTh PHASe POINts Non SCPI SOU Ree 1 LIST PRESet Non SCPI SOURce 1 LIST SSEQuence Non SCPI SOU Rce 1 LIST TIME Non SCPI SOU Ree 1 LIST TIME POINts Non SCPI SOURce 1 LIST UP Date Non SCPI D 7 SCPI Conformance Information Table D 1 SCPI Conformance continued HP 11757B Programming Command Status SOU Rce 1 POWer ALC STATe SCPI Confirmed SOU Rce 1 POWer ALC BANDwidth SCPI Confirmed SOU Rce 1 POWer ALC FREQuency CENTer Non SCPI SOU Rce 1 POWer ATTenuation SCPI Confirmed SOU Rce 1 POWer ATTenuation MODE Non SCPI SOU Rce 1 POWer ATTenuation STARt Non SCPI SOU Rce 1 POWer ATTenuation STOP Non SCPI SOU Rce 1 POWer DEPTh Non SCPI SOU Rce 1 POWer DEPTh DELay Non SCPI SOU Rce 1 POWer DEPTh MODE Non SCPI SOU Rce 1 POWer DEPTh PHASe Non SCPI SOU Rce 1 POWer DEPTh SLOPes Non SCPI SOU Rce 1 POWer DEPTh STARt Non SCPI SOU Rce 1 POWer DEPTh STA Rt PHASe Non SCPI SOU Rce 1 POWer DEPTh STOP Non SCPI SOU Rce 1 POWer DEPTh STOP PHASe Non SCPI SOU Ree 1 SWEep ALL Non SCPI SOU Rce 1 SWEep
123. The Radio Setup key can be used to adjust the triggering of the ERROR PULSE INPUT and ALARM INPUT connectors to coincide with the BERT you are using The ERROR PULSE INPUT line can be terminated in ECL 75Q TTL 75Q or TTL 10kQ In addition an ERROR PULSE INPUT variable threshold can be selected instead of ECL or TTL thresholds ERROR PULSE INPUT variable threshold is only available in serial prefixes 3235A and above The HP 11757B will HP 11757B General Information always trigger on the rising edge of signals applied to the ERROR PULSE IN connector The ALARM INPUT connector is always terminated in TTL 10kQ However the edge positive or negative going that the Fader triggers on can be chosen by you Select the one that works with your BERT Error Pulse Signals during Out of Lock Situations It is very important to understand what kind of ERROR PULSE signal your BERT puts out when the radio is out of lock Ideally when the radio is out of lock the BERT will put out a very fast stream of pulses indicating a very high Bit Error Rate BER If this is the case with your BERT all you need do for BER Criteria measurements is connect the ERROR PULSE of your BERT to the ERROR PULSE INPUT connector on the front panel of the Fader On the other hand some BERTs turn off their ERROR PULSE signal when an out of lock state is detected If this is the case with your BERT you not only need to connect the E
124. UTPUT 714 POW ATT STAR 10 0DB OUTPUT 714 POW ATT STOP 35 0DB To start the attenuation sweep OUTPUT 714 POW ATT MODE SWE Keystroke Program Codes ATTEN POW ATT SET START POW ATT STAR SET STOP POW ATT STOP SWP ATTEN POW ATT MODE SWE HP 11757B Comments Note Y Detailed Operating Instructions The preset value of attenuation is 0 0 dB The preset start and stop sweep values for attenuation are set to 0 and the sweep is off The SET START and SET STOP functions will prompt you for parameters for NOTCH FREQ NOTCH DEPTH and ATTEN consecutively without pressing the keys for those functions For instance if you press you will notice a blinking digit in the notch frequency field of the display After you change the value and press ENTER you will notice the tens digit blinking in the notch depth field After entering a value for notch depth the tens digit in the attenuation field will blink After you have entered a value for a starting attenuation the fader will return to the settings displayed before you changed the set start parameters By entering negative values of attenuation you can get gain of up to 12 dB Use the minus sign to signify gain when entering values 2 5 Detailed Operating Instructions HP 11757B Automatic Gain Control AGC Description Local Procedure The Automatic Gain Control function provides constant power gain from the fader input to out
125. a out of range DAC VALUE 2344 Correct the DAC values sent with OUT OF RANGE WITH the Attenuation calibration table to CAL ATT DATA be within the range of 0 to 4095 222 Data out of range LIST FREQ 2345 Correct the HP IB command LIST FREQ so that its notch frequency parameters are all within the following ranges Option 000 30 MHz to 100 MHz Option 140 90 MHz to 190 MHz Option 147 30 MHz to 190 MHz 222 Data out of range CAL PROF 2350 Correct the HP IB command CAL PROF so that its parameters are within the following ranges Notch Frequency 1st parameter Option 000 30 MHz to 100 MHz Option 140 90 MHz to 190 MHz Option 147 30 MHz to 190 MHz Phase 2nd parameter 0 NONM or 1 MIN Notch depth 3rd parameter 0dB to 99 9 dB Attenuation 4th parameter 30 dB to 99 9 dB HP IB Commands HP 11757B Table A 1 Error Messages continued Error Message Detail Action Required Number Number 222 Data out of range LIST POW ATT 2360 Correct the HP IB command LIST POW ATT so that its attenuation parameters are all from 30 dB to 99 9 dB 222 Data out of 2370 Correct the HP IB command range LIST POW DEPTH LIST POW DEPT so that its notch depth parameters are all from 0 dB to 99 9 dB 222 Data out of range LEVEL OUT OF 2383 Correct the levels sent with the RANGE WITH three tone source level calibration CAL TTSLEVEL DATA table to be withi
126. abled Disables the display OUTPUT 714 DISP OFF Returns 1 if display is enabled or 0 if display is disabled OUTPUT 714 DISP ENTER 714 Disp_state 5 135 Error Messages A Description HP IB Output Format Example The HP 11757B generates error messages to indicate operating problems and incorrect HP IB entries These error messages are only available for viewing over HP IB The Front Panel will only display operational messages When an error occurs an error number will be stored in the Fader HP IB error queue The HP IB error queue is an internal Fader buffer that can hold sixteen error numbers Every time a SYST ERR query is executed one error is returned with an error message string At the end of the string there may be another number which corresponds to the Detail Number given in the table below SYST ERR is described in the HP IB Commands chapter If more than sixteen errors occur before you query the error buffer the error 350 Queue overflow will be stored in a 16th location If you read through the error messages and find the error 350 Queue overflow this means that the error queue overflowed at that point To read the first error in the error queue run the following program 10 DIM B 160 20 OUTPUT 714 SYST ERR 30 ENTER 714 A B 40 PRINT ERROR A B 50 END HP IB Commands A 2 Status Reporting Error Messages HP 11757B To read the ent
127. ader is sweeping slewing fading or measuring there is a potential for the Fader to become too busy to process HP IB commands or key presses without interrupting the sweeping slewing fading or measuring The Fader becomes busier under the following conditions m the sweep time decreases m the slew time decreases m the fade event slew time decreases m the measurement sweep rate increases If the Fader is busy and the HP IB bus requires action the Fader will momentarily stop what it is doing and process the HP IB bus needs If the Fader is busy and a key is pressed the Fader will momentarily stop what it is doing and process the new key Therefore to maintain a fast smooth sweep slew fade event or measurement don t issue HP IB requests to the Fader and don t press keys The HP IB synchronization commands OPC OPC and WAI should be used to wait until the previous HP IB command is finished As an alternative SRQ and parallel poll can be used for polling the finished state of the Fader HP 11757B Note i Y Examples Avoiding Fader Interruptions Performing a serial poll can cause the Fader to momentarily interrupt what it is doing Performing a parallel poll will never interrupt the Fader The following two example programs show two different techniques of waiting until fade event 0 is done before starting fade event 2 10 20 30 10 20 30 40 OUTPUT 714 SWE ALL LISTO WAI OUTPU
128. al 7 CRITERIA This selects the decision criteria for drawing an M Curve If ALARM is selected the curve will be drawn where the radio alarm signal goes high or low If BER is selected the curve will be drawn where the specified BER threshold is met Criteria choices are 1E 3 3E 4 1E 4 3E 5 1E 5 1E 6 and ALARM 8 SPEED and 9 DEVIATION These are used for the Dynamic M Curve measurements They specify the speed rate and frequency deviation to sinusoidally modulate the frequency position of the carrier See figure 2 1 The SPEED equals the peak frequency per second of the notch movement The DEVIATION can be selected from the following values 1 MHz 2 MHz 4 MHz 6 MHz 10 MHz 20 MHz However deviation must not cause the Fader to exceed the frequency limits of the band it is in An additional 4 MHz of guardband should be added so that the allowable deviations for given start and stop frequencies are START FREQ Deviation 4 MHz gt 40 MHz STOP FREQ Deviation 4 MHz lt 100 MHz For instance if your start sweep frequency is 45 MHz and your deviation is 2 MHz an error will result because 2 35 Detailed Operating Instructions HP 11757B 2 36 the frequency 45 MHz 2 MHz 4 MHz 39 MHz is outside the range of frequencies 40 MHz to 100 MHz std i 2 x DEVIATION PEAK SPEED er Hz Sec Figure 2 1 Speed and Deviation 10 EDGE ZOOM EDGE ZOOM is used to fo
129. al to 2 points with MINimum data returned first read_points cannot be bigger than the CONFigure command s points read_phase cannot conflict with the CONFigure command s phase HYSTERESIS M 4 steps 1 Set up FREQ STAR FREQ STOP CALC SMO STAT TRIG2 TIM and SWE SLEW RATE If using BER criteria set up TRIG2 BER TRIG2 BER ECO TRIG2 BER FREQ TRIG2 BER MULT ERROR IMP ERROR COUP and TRIG2 LEV It is recommended that the SCPI commands TRIG2 ECL and TRIG2 TTL be used instead of ERROR COUP If using ALARm criteria set up ALARM POL CONF ARR HYST points criteria smksearch HP 11757B Using READ function This configures for a HYSTERESIS M measurement points describes how many measurement points to use criteria can be BER or ALARm mksearch can be ON or OFF READ ARR HYST read_points Makes a measurement based on the above CONFigure and returns frequency depth pairs The number of pairs of data will be equal to 4 read_points The data is returned in the following order all minimum shallow to deep pairs all minimum deep to shallow pairs all non minimum shallow to deep pairs and lastly all non minimum deep to shallow pairs read_points cannot be bigger than the CONFigure command s points RECOVERY TIME 3 steps 1 If using BER criteria set up TRIG2 BER TRIG2 BER FREQ T
130. amic or Hysteresis the 11757B computes and displays the Dispersive Fade Margin The type of Dispersive Fade Margin calculation is chosen by DFM TYPE under the MEAS SETUP key The two DFM TYPE choices are Bellcore and CCIR The CCIR DFM calculation is only available in serial prefixes 3215A and above 2 29 Detailed Operating Instructions HP 11757B Bellcore Dispersive Fade Margin The Bellcore Dispersive Fade Margin is explained in Bellcore Technical Advisory TA TS Y 000752 Specifically ee Le ee mi 910 T584 Sw J ee df where Fd Bellcore Dispersive Fade Margin Bn Non Min phase M Curve Bm Min phase M Curve f frequency MHz CCIR Dispersive Fade Margin The Dispersive Fade Margin labelled CCIR Comit Consultatif International des Radiocommunications is based on ITU Report 784 3 and is calculated as follows T2 f Bm Kn Min 100a T2 Bn Kn Non Min ca 10 20 df Kn Min Kn Non Min 2 Kn Overall 10logio where Kn CCIR Dispersive Fade Margin Bn Non Min phase M Curve Bm Min phase M Curve Ts Radio symbol time ns T Fader delay time 6 3 ns f frequency GHz 2 30 HP 11757B Note Y Detailed Operating Instructions If an HP 859X Spectrum Analyzer with the M Curve Measurements DLP is used to display the M Curve graphically the result shown at the top of the display is always the Bellcore result The CCIR result is displayed on
131. anel PRESET LOCAL key and the RST HP IB command are identical features Table 4 6 Preset Values Parameter AGC Bandwidth AGC Frequency AGC ON OFF Alarm Polarity ATTENUATION DATA POINTS DELAY DEVIATION DFM TYPE DISPLAY ERROR BITS ERROR TERM FADE EVENTS LIST UPDate MAX SLEW RADIO SETUP MEAS SETUP PHASE MK SEARCH Condition 30 MHz 70 MHz 140 MHz with Option 140 OFF Positive 0 0 dB 10 6 3 ns 1 MHz Bellcore ON 1024 2 10 ECL 75Q OFF NEW 200 dB sec MIN OFF 4 25 RST Reset Command 4 26 HP 11757B Table 4 6 Preset Values continued Parameter Condition NOTCH FREQ 70 MHz 140 MHz in NOTCH DEPTH NOTCH PHASE PRINT SELECT RADIO BIT RATE RADIO DEMO SCALE FACTOR SET START Attenuation Notch Depth Notch Freq Notch Phase SET STOP Attenuation Notch Depth Notch Freq Notch Phase SIGNATURE TYPE SINGLE SWEEP SLEW TIME SLOPES SPEED START RATE STOP CRITERIA STOP RATE SYMBOL TIME SWP ALL SWP ATTEN SWP DEPTH SWP FREQ SWP TIME SYNC SOUR TEST MASK WAIT TIME ZOOM MODE 11757A TIMER Option 140 0 dB MIN NONE 44 7 MHz OFF 1 0 0 dB 20 0 dB 45 0 MHz 115 MHz in Option 140 MIN 0 0 dB 20 0 dB 95 0 MHz 165 MHz in Option 140 MIN STATIC OFF 100 ms OFF 300 MHz sec 10 MHz sec 1E 4 100 MHz sec 50 ns OFF OFF OFF OFF 5 seconds Immediate OFF 500 mS OFF RESET HP 11757B RST Reset Command
132. ation Read Operation Event Register 5 109 STATus OPERation NTRansition Operation Negative Transition Reg 5 112 STATus OPERation PTRansition Operation Positive Transition Reg 5 115 STATus PRESet Preset STATus Registers 5 118 STATus QU EStionable CON Dition Read Questionable Condition Register 5 120 STATus QUEStionable ENABle Questionable Event Enable Register 5 123 STATus QUEStionable Read Questionable Event Register 5 126 STATus QUEStionable N TRansition Questionable Negative Transition Reg 5 129 STATus QUEStionable PTRansition Questionable Positive Transition Register 5 132 DISPlay Enable Disable Display 5 135 Contents 7 Contents 8 Error Messages Description HP IB Output Format Example a Status Reporting Error Messages Specifications Advanced HP IB Measurements Introduction SCPI Measurement System Overview Using MEASure function Using READ function Using FETCh function HP IB Compliance Introduction perae fe Siac SCPI Conformance Information Avoiding Fader Interruptions Interface Functions Status Annunciators IEEE 488 2 Compliance Information Related Documents Index A 1 A 1 A 1 A 2 A 2 C 1 C 3 C 9 C 14 C 19 D 1 D 2 D 12 D 16 D 17 D 18 D 22 Figures 1 1 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5 2 6 2 7 2 8 2 9 5 1 HP 11757B Documentation 1 4 Speed and Deviation 2 36 Edge Zoom
133. ause they do not allow the Fader to process HP IB commands until the measurement is complete See Overlapped HP 11757B 23 IEEE 488 2 Compliance Information HP IB Commands in this appendix for more information Operation complete criteria is described with the OPC and OPC on their description page in the Common Commands chapter D 21 HP 11757B Related Documents The International Institute of Electrical D 22 and Electronics Engineers IEEE Standard 488 1 1987 IEEE Standard Digital Interface for Programmable Instrumentation New York NY 1987 This document defines the technical details required to design and build an HP IB interface conforming to the IEEE 488 1 standard This standard contains electrical specifications and information on protocol that is beyond the needs of most programmers However it can be useful to clarify formal definitions of certain terms used in related remote programming documents IEEE Standard 488 2 1987 IEEE Standard Codes Formats Protocols and Common Commands For Use with ANSI IEEE Std 488 1 1987 New York NY 1987 This document describes the underlying message formats and data types used in SCPI It is intended more for instrument software engineers than for instrument users and programmers However this document can be useful if there is a need to know the precise definition of certain message formats data types or Common Commands To obtai
134. ave a marker Use the arrow keys until the DEPTH display reads 40 0 then press ENTER If you are prompted to enter a value for flat fade attenuation press ENTER Press SHIFT PRESET LOCAL Use the 4 key until the display reads 1 SINGLE SWP then press ENTER Use the 4 if necessary to display SINGLE SWP OFF then press ENTER Press SHIFT NOTCH DEPTH HP 11757B Detailed Operating Instructions HP IB Codes The HP IB code for notch depth sweep is POW DEPT MODE SWE To fix the notch depth use POW DEPT MODE FIX HP IB Keystroke Program Code SWP ALL SWE ALL SWE SWP ALL OFF SWE ALL FIX SWP FREQ FREQ MODE SWE SWP FREQ OFF FREQ MODE FIX SWP DEPTH POW DEPT MODE SWE SWP DEPTH OFF POW DEPT MODE FIX SWP ATTEN POW ATT MODE SWE SWP ATTEN OFF POW ATT MODE FIX Detailed Operating Instructions HP 11757B SWEEP FREQ Description This function sweeps notch frequency MORE function 1 determines whether a single sweep or continuous sweeping will take place The start and stop frequencies are set using SET START and SET STOP If notch frequency is already sweeping the SWP FREQ SHIFT NOTCH FREQ will stop the sweeping Example To set the notch frequency for a 1 second sweep from 45 to 85 MHz 1 2 3 10 Press SET START Press ENTER until the FREQ field on the display is active one of the digits will flash Use the arrow keys until the FR
135. ave exactly 0 parameters 107 Incorrect number of parameters SYST KEY 2246 Correct the HP IB controller program so that the HP IB SYST KEY command has exactly 1 parameter the HP IB query may have 0 or 1 parameters 107 Incorrect number of parameters SYST SET 2251 The learn string sent to the Fader is corrupt Check that the HP IB controller is sending the string correctly In addition insure that the controller loaded the learn string correctly in the first place Note The LRN function always returns the same length string regardless of the state of the Fader but the LRN can change if the firmware version changes A 34 HP 11757B HP IB Commands Table A 1 Error Messages continued Error Message Detail Action Required Number Number 107 Incorrect number of 2271 Correct the HP IB controller parameters DIAG ABUS program so that the HP IB DIAG ABUS query has exactly 1 parameter 107 Incorrect number of parameters DIAG PROF 2296 Correct the HP IB controller program so that the HP IB DIAG PROF command has exactly 5 parameters the HP IB query may have 0 or 5 parameters 107 Incorrect number of parameters DIAG DUMP STAT 2306 Correct the HP IB controller program so that the HP IB DUMP STAT command has exactly 1 parameter the HP IB query may have exactly 0 parameters 107 Incorrect number of parameters CAL MIN
136. bytes sent in BLOCK SIZE WITH the three tone source level CAL TTSLEVEL DATA calibration table 220 Parameter error INCORRECT 2385 Correct the number of bytes sent in BLOCK SIZE WITH the three tone source frequency CAL TTSFREQ DATA calibration table 220 Parameter error INCORRECT 2530 Correct the number of bytes sent in BLOCK SIZE WITH the Non minimum Notch Frequency CAL FREQNM DATA calibration table 211 Trigger ignored No action required A group execute trigger GET or a TRG command was ignored 178 Expression data not allowed Correct the HP IB controller program so that the data included with the HP IB command does not contain parentheses 171 Invalid expression Improper 1548 Correct the HP IB controller expression termination program so that the expression data included with the HP IB command is terminated with a right parenthesis A 23 HP IB Commands HP 11757B Table A 1 Error Messages continued Error Number Message Detail Number Action Required 168 Block data not allowed Correct the HP IB controller program so that the data included with the HP IB command is not block data no 161 Invalid block data Correct the HP IB controller program so that it contains a correct block data type A block data type should begin with followed by a number 161 Invalid block data Improper block termination
137. c 4500 dB sec lt 15 dB lt 0 2 dB lt 1 ns 2000 points standard 4000 points opt 001 lt 50 dBc lt 47 dBc 0 4 dB 10 kg 22 lbs Height x Width x Depth 163 mm x 476 mm x 574 mm incl handle Measured with gain 12 dB 0 dB notch 20 MHz bandwidth 0 dB notch 20 MHz bandwidth Each data set contains notch frequency notch depth minimum non minimum phase flat attenuation and sweep time 0 10 to 10 seconds Measured at 4 dBm input power with gain lt 0 dB from 0 dB to 30 dB flat fade B 5 Specifications Table B 2 HP 11757B Supplemental Characteristics continued Characteristics Performance Limits Conditions Signature Types Error Pulse In Termination Minimum Pulse Width Minimum Time Between Counted Error Bits Alarm In Termination Minimum Pulse Width Setting Ranges Bit Rate BER Threshold Dynamic S Rates Dynamic M Rates Dynamic M Deviations Scale Factor pulse to error ratio Error Gate Maximum Number of Data Points per Measurement Recovery Time Range Accuracy and Resolution GERAEUSCHEMISSION LpA am Arbeitsplatz fiktiver Arbeitsplatz Static M Curve Dynamic M Dynamic Curve Hysteresis M Recovery Time BER ECL 75Q TTL 10kQ TTL 75Q threshold 5V to 5V 2 5 ns ECL 10 ns TTL 25 ns TTL 10kQ Positive or Negative Edge Triggered 10 ns 10 kHz to 200 00 MHz 1E
138. contents of the Operation Condition register using this command the register s contents are not altered 5 103 STATus OPERation CONDition Read Operation Condition Register HP 11757B Operation Condition Register Bit Definitions Bit Weight Condition 15 32768 Not used always 0 14 16384 Not used always 0 13 8192 Not used always 0 12 4096 Not used always 0 11 2048 Not used always 0 10 1024 Not used always 0 9 512 Not used always 0 8 256 0 not printing 1 printing 7 128 Not used always 0 6 64 Not used always 0 5 32 0 not waiting for trigger 1 waiting for trigger 4 16 0 not measuring 1 measuring 3 8 0 not sweeping 1 sweeping 2 4 Not used always 0 1 2 0 instrument is not settling 1 instrument is settling 0 1 No used always 0 Example Command Example Query 5 104 There is no command for this query To read the contents of the Fader s Operation Condition register run the following program 10 OUTPUT 714 STAT OPER COND 20 ENTER 714 Oper_cond 30 PRINT Oper_cond 40 END HP 11757B STATus OPERation CONDition Read Operation Condition Register Related Commands STATus 0 PERation STATus OPERation ENABle STATus OPERation PTRansition STATus OPERation NTRansition STB See Also Common Commands Related Documents in Appendix D 5 105 HP 11757B STATus OPERation ENABle Operation Event Enable
139. criteria mksearch MCURve DYNamic FM MCURve DY Namic SWEep points points phase criteria mksearch sphase criteria MCURve HYSTERESIS RECovery criteria criteria mksearch Now Se NE I points no parameters allowed MEASure function lt measurement parameters gt is always equivalent to CONFigure function lt measurement parameters gt READ function lt read measurement parameters gt Following is a list of all the available function s and all the lt read measurement parameters gt that go with them C 3 SCPI Measurement System Overview C 4 Table C 2 FETCh function and READ function Parameters function lt read measurement parameters gt ARRay PO Wer MCURve STATic points phase ARRay PO Wer MCURve DY Namic FM points phase ARRay PO Wer MCURve DY Namic S WEep points phase ARRay POWer MCURve SCA Lar POWer SCALar POWer SCALar BER HYSTERESIS points RECovery no parameters allowed DFM dfmtype no parameters allowed In turn READ function lt read measurement parameters gt is always equivalent to INITiate l IMMediate FETCh function lt read measurement parameters gt Therefore MEASure function lt measurement parameters gt does all of the following CONFigure function lt measurement parameters gt INITiatel IMMediate FETCh function lt read measurement param
140. cus on the edges of the M Curve If EDGE ZOOM is OFF the number of measurement points you select will be evenly distributed across the X axis for the measurement you have specified If EDGE ZOOM is ON the measurement points you have specified will be re distributed to provide better resolution near the edges of the M Curve EDGE ZOOM will only work if 15 or more measurement points are specified EDGE ZOOM is not used for Dynamic 5 or Recovery Time measurements See figure 2 2 HP 11757B Detailed Operating Instructions a ZOOM MODE NOTCH DEPTH dB ZOOM ON GIVES BETTER RESOLUTION IN THESE AREAS MEAS setup 12 NOTCH FREQUENCY Figure 2 2 Edge Zoom 11 MK SEARCH Digital radios use In phase Quadrature 1 Q modulation techniques there are I and Q baseband channels in both the receiver and the transmitter When a radio receiver locks onto the transmitted signal it can lock up in one of two ways a Tx Ito Rx I and Tx Q to Rx Q a Tx I to Rx Q and Tx Q to Rx I where Tx and Rx stand or transmitter and receiver Because filters and other components in baseband channels are not completely identical the performance of the radio during multipath fading could be different depending on which of the two states the radio locks up in If the MK SEARCH is ON the M Curve measurement algorithm is modified to search for the worst case smallest notch depth lock state This is done by repeatedly unlocking the radio during
141. d be no change to the state of the Fader If FETCh function is used function must match the measurement type of the measurement data In addition with all measurement types except RECovery BER and DFM the number of points to fetch must be specified The number of points can be less than or equal to the number of points in the measurement data If the phase is not specified the phase of the measurement data is assumed If the phase of the measurement data is BOTH any phase can be fetched However MIN phase cannot be fetched if the measurement data phase is only NONM and vice versa HP 11757B FETCh Details CONFigure Details SCPI Measurement System Overview FETCh without a function is a special case It does not require any parameters It simply returns all of the last measurement data If parameters are used with this special FETCh they must be consistent with the current measurement data See the HP IB Commands chapter and FETCh function Details above for more information about using parameters with FETCh function This FETCh is described in the HP IB Commands chapter with CONFigure functzon and INITiate CONFigure is a query that returns the CONFigure command string that will implement the measurement setup type number of points phase criteria and mk search CONFigure does not require any parameters This query returns a string which looks like function lt measurement param
142. d data are sent over the bus OUTPUT 701 Data 1 The unlisten command is sent 2 The talker s address command is sent the address of the controller 3 The listener s address command 01 is sent 4 The data bytes D a t and a are sent 3 1 Introduction to Remote Programming HP 11757B 5 Terminators CR and LF are sent with an EOI asserted on the LF character All bytes are sent using the HP IB s interlocking handshake to ensure that the listener has received each byte This example clearly shows that the HP BASIC OUTPUT statement causes more to take place besides the output of data So for controllers other than Hewlett Packard which are using a programming language other than HP BASIC additional steps may have to be added to the program examples given in the manual For more information refer to IEEE Standard 488 1 and IEEE 488 2 and your controller programming language reference HP 11757B Introduction to Remote Programming Programming and Documentation Conventions Notation Conventions and Definitions The following conventions are used in this manual in descriptions of remote HP IB operation lt gt angular brackets are used to enclose words or characters that symbolize a program code parameter or an HP IB command means is defined as For example lt A gt lt B gt indicates that lt A gt can be replaced by lt B gt in any stat
143. dB 1 5 dB 3 0 dB 0 to 12 dB 0 to 50 dB 0 1 dB 2 0 dB Serial prefixes less than 3215A have an upper band range of 110 0 MHz to 170 0 MHz at 20 dB notch depth Note Specifications hold for input levels up to 5 dBm 70 MHz Band and 140 MHz Band 70 MHz Band and 140 MHz Band 70 MHz Band and 140 MHz Band at 70 MHz or 140 MHz from 0 dB to 30 dB flat fade B 2 HP 11757B Specifications Table B 1 Specifications continued Electrical Performance Characteristics Limits Conditions Safety Operating and non operating environment Temperature Operating EMI Acoustic Noise Emission GERAEUSCHEMISSION Power Consumption Line Voltage Line Frequency Power Dissipation Meets requirements of EN61010 1 1993 IEC 1010 1 1990 A1 1992 A2 1994 CSA 22 2 No 1010 1 1993 Temperature humidity shock and vibration type tested to MIL T 28800B Class V requirements 0 to 55 C EN55011 1991 Group 1 Class A EN50082 1 1992 IEC10004 2 1995 ESD IEC1000 4 3 1995 Radiated Suseptibility IEC1000 4 4 1995 EFT LpA lt 70 dB A LpA lt 70 dB A 115 230 410 50 to 60 Hz lt 200 VA max Accuracy specifications apply for 15 C to 35 C only per ISO 3744 nach DIN 45635 pt 1 B 3 Specifications HP 11757B Table B 2 Supplemental Characteristics Characteristics Performance Limits Conditions Note Typ
144. delayed path dominant The annunciator will display the current setting of the instrument A marker will appear above MIN or NON MIN MIN NON MIN PHASE can be set for start and stop on a sweep After pressing SET START or SET STOP check the state of the annunciator MIN or NON MIN and set the state as desired using the PHASE key before pressing ENTER When you have MIN set for start sweep and NON MIN set for stop sweep or NON MIN set for start sweep and MIN set for stop sweep the Fader changes phase in the middle of the sweep range 1 Check the annunciator panel to see what state MIN or NON MIN the simulator is presently set to 2 Press the PHASE key The annunciator should show a change from one state to the other 3 Press the PHASE key again The annunciator should toggle back to the previous state As an example of how to set non minimum phase for starting notch depth of a sweep and minimum phase for the end of the sweep Press the SET START key Press the WOTCH DEPTH key _ Press OOOO Check the MIN and NON MIN annunciators If the MIN state is set press PHASE to toggle the indicator to NON MIN ND a e HP 11757B Remote Procedure Detailed Operating Instructions 8 Press the key 9 Press the key 10 Press the key 11 Press 0000 12 Check the MIN and NON MIN annunciators If the NON MIN state is set press PHASE to toggle the indicator to MIN 13 Press ENTER
145. des The DELAY function SHIFT PHASE allows simulation of various interpath delays You simply enter a value which is assumed to be in nanoseconds and the instrument calculates the correct values for attenuation notch depth and notch frequency to simulate the delay The range for delay is 2 ns to 25 ns in steps of 0 1 ns To set a delay of 5 nanoseconds 1 Press SHIFT then PHASE 2 Press 5 0 or use the arrow keys 3 Press the ENTER key The program code for DELAY is POW DEPT DEL To set a delay of 5 nanoseconds OUTPUT 714 POW DEPT DEL SNS Keystroke Program Code DELAY POW DEPT DEL HP 11757B Detailed Operating Instructions Display Description Local Procedure Remote Procedure HP IB Program Codes The selection of display functions is available only via remote programming When the Fader display is enabled it indicates instrument settings entries in progress and instrument status In remote mode two display functions are allowed display enable and display disable There is no local procedure for turning the display on and off Two display functions are available display enable and display disable Display Enable DISP ON This is the display function at turn on This condition is also established by PRESET Display Disable DISP OFF This function will display DISPLAY OFF on the front panel The front panel keys are still active This function
146. dure The arrow keys A 9 are used to modify numeric data that is to be entered into the Fader When one of the function keys is pressed a numeric string is displayed with one blinking digit The 4 and y keys are used to modify the blinking digit The 4 and 0 keys are used to move to other digits The arrow keys have two functions when the Fader is in MORE functions mode 1 to move from one function to the next the A and y keys may be used and 2 when a function has been selected by the ENTER key the arrow keys are used to change the values of the parameters displayed When entering numeric data into the Fader use 4 and Y to modify the display s blinking digit Use and gt to move to other digits of the parameter 1 Press PRESET LOCAL then ENTER 2 Press SHIFT then PRESET LOCAL 3 Press 4 4 4 4 The display should read 4 AGC BW 5 6 Press ENTER to select The display should read AGC BW 30 0MZ The tens digit should be flashing To set the bandwidth to 20 MHz 7 Press 4 then 8 Press ENTER to set the parameter to 20 MHz and leave the MORE functions display mode There is no remote procedure for arrow keys HP 11757B ATTEN Description Local Procedure Detailed Operating Instructions The ATTEN key allows you to set flat fade gain attenuation The attenuation can be set from 0 to 50 dB The resolution is 0 1 d
147. e ESE query returns the current contents of the Standard Event Status Enable Register HP 11757B Example Command Example Query ESE Standard Event Status Enable Table 4 2 Standard Event Status Enable Register Event Status Enable Register High Enables the ESR bit Bit Weight Enables 7 128 PON Power On 64 URQ User Request 32 CME Command Error 16 EXE Execution Error DDE Device Dependent Error Oo v Se OD QYE Query Error eo ee RQC Request Control 0 1 OPC Operation Complete In the following example program the ESE 64 command will enable the URQ user request bit 6 of the Standard Event Status Enable Register Therefore when a front panel key is pressed the ESB event summary bit in the Status Byte will also be set 10 OUTPUT 714 ESE 64 20 END To read the Fader s Standard Event Status Enable Register run the following program 10 OUTPUT 714 ESE 20 ENTER 714 Event_enab 30 PRINT Event_enab 40 END 4 7 ESE Standard Event Status Enable HP 11757B Related Commands 4 8 See Also SYSTem ERRor ESR OPC STB Error Messages Appendix Related Documents in Appedix D HP 11757B ESR Standard Event Status Register Query ESR Standard Event Status Register Query Syntax ESR Returned Format lt status gt lt NL gt Where lt status gt 0 to 255 Description The ESR query returns the contents of the Sta
148. e ARRay STATic Configure Static M Measurement Syntax CSN CONFigure ARRay STATic lt MAXimum MINimum MINimum SAS BER ON NONMinimunm ALARm OFF BOTH Description Configures for a Static M measurement The first parameter is the number of points in the measurement This is required and must be in parenthesis The second parameter sets the phase if omitted MINimum is assumed The third parameter is BER for bit error rate criteria or ALARm for ALARM criteria if omitted BER is assumed The specific BER criteria is set up with the TRIGger2 BER THReshold command The fourth parameter turns the MK SEARCH on or off if omitted OFF is assumed For a detailed explaination of how Mk SEARCH works see the description of the MEAS SETUP key in the local part of this manual If you don t use CONFigure before an INITiate the current measurement setup will be used 5 79 CONFigure ARRay STATic Configure Static M Measurement HP 11757B Example Command The following example sets up and executes a Static M measurement OPTION BASE 1 DIM Array 40 OUTPUT 714 RST PRESETS the HP 11757B OUTPUT 714 TRIGGER2 BER FREQ 44 7MHZ Sets radio bit rate OUTPUT 714 FREQ START 50MHZ Set Start Freq to 50 MHz OUTPUT 714 FREQ STOP 90MHZ Set Stop Freq to 90 MHz OUTPUT 714 TRIGGER2 BER THR 1E 3 Sets 1E 3 threshold 1 The following CONFIGURE command sets up a Static M measurement 10 points
149. e Questionable Negative Transition Register When you read the contents of the Questionable Event register the value returned is the total bit weights of all the bits that are high at the time you read it When you read the contents of the Questionable Event register using this command the register is cleared set to zero HP 11757B STATus QUEStionable Read Questionable Event Register Questionable Event Register Bit Definitions Bit Weight Condition 15 32768 Not used always 0 14 16384 Not used always 0 13 8192 Not used always 0 12 4096 Not used always 0 11 2048 Not used always 0 10 1024 Not used always 0 9 512 Not used always 0 8 256 0 an instrument uncalibrated event has not occurred in the Questionable Condition register that is defined by the Questionable Edge registers 1 an instrument uncalibrated event has occurred in the Questionable Condition register that is defined by the Questionable Edge registers 7 128 Not used always 0 6 64 Not used always 0 5 32 0 a frequency uncalibrated event has not occurred in the Questionable Condition register that is defined by the Questionable Edge registers 1 a frequency uncalibrated event has occurred in the Questionable Condition register that is defined by the Questionable Edge registers 4 16 Not used always 0 3 8 0 a depth or attenuation uncalibrated event has not occurred in
150. e bit error rate is measured the notch is there Bit error rate measurement type is only available in serial prefixes 3215A and above The following table shows which parameters are needed for each of the Fader tests An x indicates that the parameter should be entered and will be printed 2 47 Detailed Operating Instructions HP 11757B Static M Static M Dynamic Dynamic Dynamic Dynamic Recov Recov BER Hyster Hyster sS Ss M M Threshold Alarm Threshold Alarm Threshold Alarm Threshold Alarm Meas Setup Data Points x x x x x x Start Freq x x x x x x Stop Freq x x x x x x Start Rate x x Stop Rate x x Error Bits x x x Phase x x x x x x Criteria x x x x x x x x Speed x x Deviation x x Edge Zoom x x x x K Search x x x x DFM Type x x x x Radio Setup Bit Rate x x x x x Error Term x x x x x Error Thresh x x x x x Alarm Pol x x x x Scale Factor x x x x x AGC on off x x x x x x x x x AGC Freq x x x x x x x x x AGC BW x x x x x x x x x Wait time x x x x x x x Max slew x x x x x x x Symbol time x x x x Other Setup Delay x x x x x x x x x Test Mask x x x x x x 2 48 HP 11757B Detailed Operating Instructions Note A The AGC Frequency and Bandwidth will be printed only if AGC is on Phase does not need to be selected for Hysteresis measurements It is always BOTH Symbol time is only used wh
151. e revision of Fader read 4 12 specifications 1 5 Specifications B 1 SPEED 2 35 SRE 4 29 SRQ 4 29 D 12 using with a BASIC interrupt routine D 14 SRQ Annunicator D 17 Standard Event Status Enable Command 4 6 Standard Event Status Enable Query 4 6 Standard Event Status Register 4 18 read 4 9 Standard Event Status Register Query 4 9 start frequency 2 32 START RATE 2 32 Static M configure 5 79 criteria 5 79 data Points 5 79 MK Search 5 79 phase 5 79 start frequency 5 22 stop frequency 5 23 Static M Curve 2 40 with FETCh C 19 with MEAS C 9 with READ C 14 STATus OPERation 5 109 OPERation CONDition 5 103 OPERation ENABle 5 106 OPERation ENABle 5 106 OPERation NTRansition 5 112 OPERation NTRansition 5 112 OPERation PTRansition 5 115 Index 15 Index 16 OPERation PTRansition 5 115 PRESet 5 118 QUEStionable 5 126 QUEStionable CONDition 5 120 QUEStionable ENABle 5 123 QUEStionable ENABle 5 123 QUEStionable NTRansition 5 129 QUEStionable NTRansition 5 129 QUEStionable PTRansition 5 132 QUEStionable PTRansition 5 132 Status Annunciators D 17 Status Byte 4 22 4 29 4 31 Status Data Structures 4 4 STATus registers preset 5 118 STB 4 31 STOP FR 2 32 stop frequency 2 32 STOP RATE 2 32 STRT FR 2 32 subsystem commands 5 1 135 subsystems in Fader list of 3 5 suffixes in commands meaning of 3 6 Supplemental Characteristics B 4 sweep attenuation 2 3 single
152. e the 4 key until the display reads 1 DEST press Use the arrow keys until the display reads DST EXTERN then press ENTER Use the 4 key until the display reads 2 PRINT press Use the arrow keys until the display reads PRINT PRVIEW then press ENTER HP 11757B Detailed Operating Instructions RADIO SETUP Description This key allows you to set the following 0 BIT RATE This allows you to enter the bit rate of the data line you are monitoring The preset rate is 44 70 MHz It may be set from 0 01 to 200 MHz 1 ERROR TERM This allows you to set the ERROR PULSE INPUT termination type The types are ECL 75Q TTL 75Q TTL 10kQ variable threshold 75Q with 2 V termination variable threshold 752 with 0 V termination and variable threshold 10k0 with OV termination The preset is ECL 75Q 1 1 ERROR THR This allows you to set the ERROR PULSE input threshold The preset is 1 3 V because ERROR TERM is preset to ECL 75Q Error pulse input variable threshold is only available in serial prefixes 3235A and above 2 ALARM POL This allows you to set the edge trigger for the ALARM INPUT The preset is positive edge 3 SCALE FACT This allows you to scale the errors that are received by the Fader on the error input and is used in conjunction with BIT RATE to compute the BER Bit Error Rate Specifically the Fader computes BER as scale factor BER errors per second piar wh
153. ed SYSTem DATE SCPI Confirmed SYSTem ERRor SCPI Confirmed SYSTem KEY SCPI Confirmed SYSTem PRESet SCPI Confirmed SYSTem PRINter DESTination Non SCPI SYSTem PRINter STATe Non SCPI SYSTem PRINter DUMP Non SCPI SYSTem SNUMber Non SCPI SYSTem TIME SCPI Confirmed SYSTem VERSion SCPI Confirmed TRG IEEE 488 2 Optional HP 11757B SCPI Conformance Information Table D 1 SCPI Conformance continued Programming Command Status TRIGger 1 SEQuence 1 STARt SOURce SCPI Confirmed TRIGger2 SEQuence 1 STA Rt BER ECOunt Non SCPI TRIGger2 SEQuence 1 STA Rt BER FREQuency Non SCPI TRIGger2 SEQuence 1 STA Rt BER M ULTiplier Non SCPI Re TRIGger2 SEQuence 1 STA Rt BER S YM Bol TIME Non SCPI TRIGger2 SEQuence 1 STARt BER THReshold Non SCPI TRIGger2 SEQuence 1 STARt ECL SCPI Confirmed TRIGger2 SEQuence 1 STARt LEVel SCPI Confirmed TRIGger2 SEQuence 1 STARt TIMer SCPI Confirmed TRIGger2 SEQuence 1 STARt TTL SCPI Confirmed TST IEEE 488 2 Required WAI IEEE 488 2 Required HP 11757B Avoiding Fader Interruptions Why Avoid Interruptions The Fader only has one microprocessor and therefore it can only do one function at a time Everything that the Fader does requires the microprocessor except the time date clock When the F
154. ee YYMMDD XXXXXX 5 Use the arrow keys until the XXXXXX displays the year month and day then press ENTER The hour and minute may be set using MORE function 10 10 SET HMS HP 11757B Detailed Operating Instructions SET HMS MORE function 10 Description Example This function allows you to set an hour and minute for a measurement This time can be printed with the measurement results The year month and day may also be input using MORE function 11 The format for entering the hour and minute are represented on the display as HHMM 0000 To set the hour and minute 1 Press SHIFT PRESET LOCAL activates MORE 2 Use the 4 arrow key to until the display shows 10 SET HMS then press ENTER 3 The display will show HHMM 0000 Use the arrow keys to set the hour and minute then press ENTER 2 77 Detailed Operating Instructions HP 11757B SET START Description Note i Y Local Procedure Remote Procedure 2 78 The key is used to set the starting parameter for sweeps of attenuation notch depth and phase and notch frequency When this key is pressed the start annunciator will turn on Using SET_START NOTCH FREQ to set the starting frequency for a sweep or measurement is identical to using START FREQ found under the MEAS SETUP key Changing one changes the other After pressing SET START press either NOTCH FREQ NOTCH DEPTH
155. ee tone source frequency list command has from 0 to 3 parameters the HP IB query may have 0 or 3 parameters 107 Incorrect number of parame ters TSOURCE FREQ MODE 2506 Correct the HP IB controller program so that the HP IB TSOURCE FREQ MODE command has exactly 1 parameter the HP IB query may have exactly 0 parameters 107 Incorrect number of parame ters TSOURCE LIST FREQ POIN 2511 Correct the HP IB controller program so that the HP IB TSOURCE LIST FREQ POIN query has 0 or 1 parameters A 40 HP 11757B HP IB Commands Table A 1 Error Messages continued Error Message Detail Action Required Number Number 107 Incorrect number of 2516 Correct the HP IB controller parameters LIST UPDATE program so that the HP IB LIST UPD command has exactly 1 parameter the HP IB query may have exactly 0 parameters 107 Incorrect number of 2521 Correct the HP IB controller parameters LIST GEN program so that the HP IB LIST GEN command has exactly 1 parameter the HP IB query may have exactly 0 parameters 107 Incorrect number of 2531 Correct the HP IB controller parameters CAL FREQNM DATA program so that the HP IB CAL FREQNM command has exactly 1 parameter the HP IB query may have exactly 1 parameter 107 Incorrect number of 2536 Correct the HP IB controller parameters DIAG OPT program so that the HP IB DIAG OPT command has exactly
156. eep rate depth pairs The number of pairs of data will be equal to read_points read_phase can be MINimum NON Minimum or BOTH If BOTH is chosen the number of pairs of data will be equal to 2 points with MINimum data returned first read_points cannot be bigger than the CONFigure command s points read _phase cannot conflict with the CONFigure command s phase DYNAMIC M 4 steps 1 Set up FREQ STAR FREQ STOP FM DEV FM INT RATE CALC SMO STAT TRIG2 TIM and SWE SLEW RATE 2 If using BER criteria set up TRIG2 BER TRIG2 BER ECO TRIG2 BER FREQ TRIG2 BER MULT ERROR IMP ERROR COUP C 15 Using READ function HP 11757B and TRIG2 LEV It is recommended that the SCPI commands TRIG2 ECL and TRIG2 TTL be used instead of ERROR COUP If using ALARm criteria set up ALARM POL CONF ARR DYN FM points phase criteria mksearch This configures for a Dynamic M measurement points describes how many measurement points to use phase can be MINimum NONMinimum or BOTH criteria can be BER or ALARm mksearch can be ON or OFF READ ARR DYN FM read_points read phase Makes a measurement based on the above CONFigure and returns frequency depth pairs The number of pairs of data will be equal to read_points read_phase can be MINimum NONMinimum or BOTH If BOTH is chosen the number of pairs of data will be equ
157. em also Defaults for MEASure function and CONFigure function are points 10 phase MIN criteria BER and mksearch OFF Defaults for FETCh function are equal to the points and phase of the current measurement data If there is no valid measurement data the FETCh function parameters default to the current measurement setup s points and phase READ function parameters default the same as the FETCh function parameters For example all of these MEAS ARR STAT queries are equivalent MEAS ARR STAT 10 MIN BER OFE MEAS ARR STAT 10 MIN BER MEAS ARR STAT 10 MIN SCPI Measurement System Overview HP 11757B READ function Details FETCh function Details MEAS ARR STAT 10 MEAS ARR STAT 10 DEF BER DEF MEAS ARR STAT DEF DEF DEF DEE Because READ function lt read measurement parameters gt is identical to INITiateLl IMMediate FETCh function lt read measurement parameters gt the lt read measurement parameters gt do NOT alter the CONFiguration before INITitate IMMediate is executed lt read measurement parameters gt are only used to determine what data is returned NOT how to do the measurement If READ function s lt read measurement parameters gt would cause an error in FETCh lt read measurement parameters gt after INITiate IM Mediate is run the READ function query is rejected Therefore there would be no re measurement and there woul
158. ement containing lt A gt an ellipsis is used to indicate that the preceding element may be repeated one or more times square brackets indicate that the enclosed items are optional braces indicate that one and only one of the enclosed elements must be selected Capital letters are necessary small leters are optional lt NRf gt means that any common representation of a number is allowed 10 or 10 0 or 1 0e1 In commands which have ON and OFF parameters you may substitute any non zero number for ON 0 for OFF The query of these ON OFF commands always returns 1 for ON and 0 for OFF 3 3 Introduction to Remote Programming HP 11757B POWER FREQUENCY AGC MODE BANDWIDTH RATE FREQUENCY START CENTER STOP ATTENUATION START MODE STOP START STOP DEPTH DELAY MODE START PHASE STOP PHASE PHASE SLOPES Command Structure Note i Y SWEEP LIST TRIGGER TRIGGER2 ERROR ALARM ALL FREQUENCY SOURCE BER COUPLING COUPLING MODE POINTS ECOUNT IMPEDANCE IMPEDANCE SLEW POWER FREQUENCY POLARITY RATE ATTENUATION MULTIPLIER TIME POINTS ECL DEPTH LEVEL PHASE SYMBOL POINTS TIME POINTS TIMER PRESET TTL SSEQUENCE TIME POINTS UPDATE Figure 3 1a HP IB Commands The HP 11757B programming commands are divided into two types common commands and subsystem commands A programming command tree is shown in figure 3 1 Common Commands The common co
159. en the DFM type is CCIR Notes The measurement types do not apply to option 001 instruments 2 49 Detailed Operating Instructions HP 11757B MORE Description The MORE key is used to access a group of operations These operations are listed below 0 SLEW TIME 1 SINGLE SWEEP 2 AGC ON OFF 3 AGC FREQ 4 AGC BW 5 HP IB ADRS 6 SYNC SOUR 7 SELF TEST 8 SERVICE 9 INIT 10 SET TIME 11 SET DATE 12 MASK CTRL There are two levels of operation when in MORE mode Level 1 which allows the user to view and access the operations listed above Level 2 which allows the user to modify or review the settings of the parameters of the operations Level 1 is accessed by pressing the MORE SHiFT then PRESET LOCAL key Level 2 is accessed by pressing the key while a level 1 operation is selected At the end of a level 2 operation pressing the ENTER key will return you to the normal display 2 50 HP 11757B Local Procedure w Note Remote Procedure Comments Detailed Operating Instructions The following is a general procedure to access the MORE mode and select a level 2 operation Detailed instructions to access specific level 2 operations are covered in other Detailed Operating Instructions To access the MORE mode 1 Activate the MORE SHIFT then PRESET LOCAL function The Fader will display an operation title with a blinking digit 2 Use a or y to modify the blinking
160. ent register The Operation Event register holds a record of the state changes in the Operation Condition register that were enabled by the Operation Edge Registers The Operation Edge Registers are the Operation Positive Transition Register and the Operation Negative Transition Register When you read the contents of the Operation Event register the value returned is the total bit weights of all the bits that are high at the time you read it When you read the contents of the Operation Event register using this command the register is cleared set to zero 5 109 STATus OPERation Read Operation Event Register HP 11757B 5 110 Operation Event Register Bit Definitions Bit Weight Condition 15 32768 Not used always 0 14 16384 Not used always 0 13 8192 Not used always 0 12 4096 Not used always 0 11 2048 Not used always 0 10 1024 Not used always 0 9 512 Not used always 0 8 256 0 a printing event has not occurred in the Operation Condition register that is defined by the Operation Edge registers 1 a printing event has occurred in the Operation Condition register that is defined by the Operation Edge registers 7 128 Not used always 0 6 64 Not used always 0 5 32 0 a trigger wait event has not occurred in the Operation Condition register that is defined by the Operation Edge registers 1 a trigger wait event has occurred in the Operation Condition
161. equency 5 22 start rate 5 20 stop frequency 5 23 stop rate 5 21 FREQuency 5 18 MODE 5 19 RATE STARt 5 20 RATE STOP 5 21 STARt 5 22 STOP 5 23 gain slope set 5 13 GET D 16 Group Execute Trigger 4 34 D 16 hour set 2 77 HP BASIC 5 0 D 23 HP BASIC Document D 23 HP BASIC programming language 3 1 HP IB compliance D 1 details D 1 programming language D 1 D 2 specifications D 1 HP IB address 2 27 set 5 87 HP IB commands 3 1 HP IB Compliance D 1 HP IB Details D 1 HP IB error queue read 5 94 HP IB Error Queue error messages contained in A 1 read one error A 1 read until empty A 2 HP IB key press 5 96 HP IB programming 2 17 2 25 HP IB Programming Language D 1 D 2 HP IB Specifications D 1 HP IB subsystem commands 5 1 135 HP IB Synchronization 4 18 4 36 D 12 D 13 D 14 Hysteresis M Curve 2 41 configure 5 77 criteria 5 77 data Points 5 77 Index 7 Index 8 MK search 5 77 phase 5 77 start frequency 5 22 stop frequency 5 23 with FETCh C 21 with MEAS C 10 with READ C 16 I and Q 2 37 Identification Query 4 12 IDN 4 12 IEEE 488 1 Interface Function Subsets D 16 IEEE 488 2 Common Command Table 4 3 IEEE Standard 488 1 3 1 D 22 IEEE Standard 488 2 3 1 D 18 D 22 section 4 9 D 18 IEEE Standard Documents D 22 IEEE Standards D 22 IF bands 1 2 IFC D 16 impedance for ERROR PULSE INPUT set 5 56 index in a Fade Profile Table definition of 5 29 Indiv
162. equency sweep press SHIFT NOTCH FREQ 4 The display should show xx x SWP SWP The code for sweep all is SWE ALL SWE To turn off all sweeps use SWE ALL FIX HP IB Keystroke Program Code SWP ALL SWE ALL SWE SWP ALL OFF SWE ALL FIX SWP FREQ FREQ MODE SWE SWP FREQ OFF FREQ MODE FIX SWP DEPTH POW DEPT MODE SWE SWP DEPTH OFF POW DEPT MODE FIX SWP ATTEN POW ATT MODE SWE SWP ATTEN OFF POW ATT MODE FIX 2 87 Detailed Operating Instructions SWEEP ATTEN 2 88 Description Example HP 11757B This function sweeps flat fade attenuation MORE function 1 determines whether a single sweep or continuous sweeping will take place The start and stop attenuation levels are set using SET START and seT stop If flat fade attenuation is already sweeping the SWP ATTEN SHiFt ATTEN will stop the sweeping To set the attenuator for a 1 second sweep from 0 to 40 dB 1 2 1 Press SET START Press ENTER until the attenuator field on the display is active one of the digits will have a marker Use the arrow keys until the ATTEN display reads 00 0 then press ENTER Press SET STOP Press ENTER until the attenuator field on the display is active one of the digits will have a marker Use the arrow keys until the ATTEN display reads 40 0 then press ENTER Press SHIFT PRESET LOCAL Use the 4 key until the display reads 1 SINGLE
163. er on a zero to one state change run the following program 10 OUTPUT 714 STAT OPER PTR 2 20 END To read the contents of the Fader s Operation Positive Transition register run the following program 10 OUTPUT 714 STAT OPER PTR 20 ENTER 714 Oper_ptr 30 PRINT Oper_ptr 40 END STATus 0 PERation EVENt STATus 0 PERation CON Dition STATus OPERation ENABle STATus OPERation NTRansition STB Common Commands Related Documents in Appendix D 5 117 STATus PRESet HP 11757B Preset STATus Registers 5 118 Description STATus PRESet The STATus PRESet command sets the following STATus registers to a preset state Operation Event Enable register STAT OPER ENAB Operation Negative Transition register STAT OPER NTR Operation Positive Transition register STAT OPER PTR Questionable Event Enable register STAT QUES ENAB Questionable Negative Transition register STAT QUES NTR Questionable Positive Transition register STAT QUES PTR When the STATus PRESet command is sent the status registers are preset as shown in the following table Status Register Preset State Register STATus PRESet Value Operation Event Enable register 0 Operation Negative Transition register 0 Operation Positive Transition register 65535 Questionable Event Enable register 0 Questionable Negative Transition register 0 Questionable Positive Transition register 65535 HP 11757B Example
164. er provides complete descriptions of all subsystem commands for remote operation of the Fader i e for operation of the Fader over the Hewlett Packard Interface Bus HP IB 5 1 HP 11757B POWer AGC Enable Disable AGC ON Syntax POWer AGC OFF POWer AGC Description Enables or disables the AGC feature automatic gain control The Preset value is OFF The query returns whether the AGC feature is enabled or disabled 0 disabled 1 enabled Example Command Turns on automatic gain control OUTPUT 714 POW AGC ON Example Query OUTPUT 714 POWER AGC ENTER 714 Agc_flag 5 2 HP 11757B POWer AGC BANDwidth Set Bandwidth of Input Signal POWer AGC BANDwidth Set Bandwidth of Input Signal lt NRf gt freq suff POWer AGC BANDwidth 4 MAXimum MINimum Syntax MAXimum MINimum POWer AGC BANDwidth Description Sets the AGC bandwidth This is used in conjunction with POW AGC FREQ CENT to set the spectrum of the input signal If no suffix is included with the input value the value is assumed to be in Hz Input range is 20 0MHz to 40 0MHz The Preset value is 30 0MHz The query returns the current entered AGC bandwidth Example Command Sets the AGC bandwidth to 15 3 MHz OUTPUT 714 POW AGC BAND 15 3MHz Example Query OUTPUT 714 POW AGC BAND ENTER 714 Agc_bandwidth 5 3 HP 11757B POWer AGC FREQuency CENTer Set AGC Center Frequency of Input Signal Syntax Desc
165. ere the errors per second are as counted on the ERROR PULSE INPUT The default scale factor is 1 0 4 AGC ON OFF Allows you to turn the Automatic Gain Control on or off The preset state is off This function can also be accessed from the MORE functions key 2 65 Detailed Operating Instructions HP 11757B 5 AGC FREQ Allows you to set the AGC frequency The range of acceptable values is 40 to 190 MHz This function can also be accessed from the functions key 6 AGC BW Allows you to set the AGC bandwidth The range of acceptable values is 1 to 40 MHz The preset value is 30 0 MHz This function can also be accessed from the functions key 7 WAIT TIME Allows you to set a waiting period after every notch movement during an M Curve measurement This wait allows your radio some settling time before a Bit Error Rate measurement is made by the Fader The range of allowable values is 10 milliseconds to 10 seconds The preset value is 500 milliseconds 8 MAX SLEW Allows you to set the notch depth maximum slew rate for an M Curve measurement This maximum slew rate is used only during M Curve measurements and should not be confused with the SLEW TIME parameter used under normal Fader operation The range of allowable values for MAX SLEW is 10 to 500 dB second The preset value is 200 dB second Note ll The preset values for WAIT TIME and MAX SLEW a have been chosen to work with most radios Modifying these two paramenters w
166. ered data If the ENTER key is not pressed after using the arrow or data entry keys to enter numeric data for example if EXIT is pressed or another function is enabled and the function is aborted or another function initiated the instrument returns to the value that was set before you pressed the function key Detailed Operating Instructions HP 11757B EXIT Description Local Procedure Remote Procedure 2 16 Comments The EXIT function is used to discontinue access to selected functions When the EXIT key SHIFT then ENTER is used the Fader returns to standard operation To discontinue access to a selected function press SHIFT then ENTER The Fader does not support the use of EXIT in remote mode If a function key is pressed and EXIT SHiFT then ENTER is pressed without entering any data the function is aborted If a function key is pressed numeric data entered and the EXIT function is executed before the ENTER key is pressed the value for the function remains the same as before you pressed the function key HP 11757B Fade Event Description Local Procedure Notes Y Detailed Operating Instructions The internal Fade Event feature allows a previously stored table of notch conditions to be replayed from the front panel The Fade Event Table is 2000 points long Std 4000 points long with option 001 and can be partitioned into 10 sequential or ove
167. eria is selected Input values can be le 3 3e 4 le 4 3e 5 le 5 or le 6 Values between legal values will be rounded to the nearest legal value Preset le 4 For more detail on how the HP 11757B computes bit error rate see the description of the RADIO SETUP key in the local operation part of this manual The query returns the current BER threshold setting in the Fader OUTPUT 714 TRIG2 BER 1e 3 OUTPUT 714 TRIG2 BER ENTER 714 Error_threshold HP 11757B TRIGger2 BER ECOunt Set BER Accuracy TRIGger2 BER ECOunt Set BER Accuracy lt NRf gt TRIGger2 BER ECOunt 4 MAXimum MINimum Syntax Description Sets the number of ERROR PULSE INPUT events to wait for before calculating BER Input can be 4 8 16 32 64 128 256 512 1024 2048 4096 9182 16384 or 32768 Values between legal values will be rounded to the nearest legal value Preset 1024 Smaller numbers make the measurement faster and less accurate while larger numbers make the measurement slower and more accurate A more detailed explanation of these tradeoffs is presented under the MEAS SETUP key in the local operation part of the manual This feature is not used for Recovery Time measurements where BER criteria is selected In those cases errors are counted in periodic intervals gate times The user has no control over the accuracy of the measurement Example Command OUTPUT 714 TRIG2 BER ECO 4096 Example Query OUTPUT 714 TRIG2 B
168. ery returns the delay time for the reflected signal Example Command Sets the fixed delay time for the reflected signal to 22 9 ns OUTPUT 714 POW DEPT DEL 22 9ns Example Query OUTPUT 714 POW DEPT DEL ENTER 714 Path_delay HP 11757B POWer DEPTh MODE Set Sweep Mode POWer DEPTh MODE Set Sweep Mode Syntax Description Example Command Example Query FIXed POWer DEPTh MODE 4 SWEep LISTn POWer DEPTh MODE Controls the sweep mode for the notch depth FIXed means sweep off and SWEep means sweep on LISTn means to use the LIST subsystem to get depth values where n ranges from 0 to 9 If LIST is selected frequency and attenuation will be set to LIST mode also See SWE ALL for more LIST information The Preset value is FIXed The query returns the notch depth sweep mode This query returns FIX SWE or LIST so you must read it in as a string Sets the power notch depth sweep mode to OFF OUTPUT 714 POW DEPT MODE FIX OUTPUT 714 POW DEPT MODE ENTER 714 Mode 5 11 HP 11757B POWer DEPTh PHASe Set Notch Phase Syntax POWer DEPTh PHASe l ae AR POWer DEPTh PHASe Description Sets the fixed notch phase If the depth sweep is active this has no affect on the signal The Preset value is MIN The fastest way to set the fixed depth value and phase at the same time is like this OUTPUT 714 POW DEPT 12 1 DEPT PHAS NONM The query returns the fixed notch phase This query
169. es of the test mask The query returns the data as a list of numbers separated by commas See the beginning of this subsystem Test Mask Overview for an example command See the beginning of this subsystem Test Mask Overview for an example command 5 69 HP 11757B CALCulate LIMit LOWer NONMinimum Load Test Mask Nonmin y Data Syntax Description Example Command Example Query 5 70 CALCulate LIMit LOWer NONMinimum value value CALCulate LIMit LOWer NONMinimum Loads the Nonminimum phase y axis data values for the test mask The maximum number of data values that can be entered is 11 Loading this data always presets the existing data to Notch Frequency preset value first Preset has no effect on the values of the test mask The query returns the data as a list of numbers separated by commas See the beginning of this subsystem Test Mask Overview for an example command See the beginning of this subsystem Test Mask Overview for an example command HP 11757B CALCulate LIMit FAIL Reports Test Mask Pass Fail CALCulate LIMit FAIL Reports Test Mask Pass Fail Syntax Description Example Command Example Query CALCulate LIMit FAIL Returns a 1 if any of the measurement depths were less than the corresponding LOWer MINimum or LOWer NONMinimum limits Returns a 0 if none of the measurement depths were less than the corresponding LOWer MINi
170. essages continued Error Message Detail Action Required Number Number 222 Data out of range sRADIO SYMBOL 2950 Select a radio symbol time from 10 TIME ns to 1000 ns 222 Data out of 2990 Correct the HP IB command range ERROR BIAS VOLT ERROR BIAS VOLT so that it has a parameter value of 2 V or 0 V 221 Settings conflict Requested data 502 The measurement data requested by differs from existing data a READ function or a FETCh function does not match with the measurement data available 221 Settings conflict Start and stop 503 The start and stop frequencies for a frequencies are in different bands measurement are in different frequency bands Change the measurement setup so that both the start and stop frequency are in the same band A 20 HP 11757B HP IB Commands Table A 1 Error Messages continued Error Message Detail Action Required Number Number 221 Settings conflict Start or stop rate is 504 The start or stop rate for a Dynamic out of range S curve measurement are out of range The maximum allowable rate in the Fader is start frequency stop frequency 01 221 Settings conflict Deviation is out of 505 The deviation for a Dynamic range M curve measurement is out of range The start frequency deviation 4MHz must be a legal frequency The stop frequency deviation 4MHz must be a legal frequency 221
171. eters gt Simply add this string to CONFigure and you have a CONFigure functzon command to implement the current measurement setup The string will contain the full CONFigure command needed to represent the current measurement setup with all optional subsystems and parameters included For example if the previous CONFigure command was CONF ARRAY DYNAMIC 10 MIN DEF DEF and no one has used the front panel to alter the measurement setup the query CONFigure would return the following ARR POW MCUR DYN SWE 10 MIN BER OFF All the mnemonics and parameters that are optional in the CONFigure command are included in the string for your information and future use The C 7 SCPI Measurement System Overview HP 11757B string always uses the short form of everything After RST the CONFigure state returned will be ARR POW MCUR STAT 10 MIN BER OFF C 8 HP 11757B Using MEASure function Using MEASure unction The following is a quick description of how to perform each Fader measurement type with the MEASure function query STATIC M 3 steps Te Set up FREQ STAR FREQ STOP CALC SMO STAT TRIG2 TIM and SWE SLEW RATE If using BER criteria set up TRIG2 BER TRIG2 BER ECO TRIG2 BER FREQ TRIG2 BER MULT ERROR IMP ERROR COUP and TRIG2 LEV It is recommended that the SCPI commands TRIG2 ECL and TRIG2 TTL be used instead of ERROR COUP If using ALARm criteria set up
172. eters gt CONFigure function sets up the instrument state INITiate IM Mediate starts the measurment and stores the data and FETCh function returns the measurement data lt read measurement parameters gt describe what part of the measurement data to fetch NOT how to do the measurement CONFigure function handles setting up the actual measurement The only difference between READ function and FETCh function is that READ function re measures based on the current measurement setup HP 11757B HP 11757B Invalid Measurement Data Optional Parameters SCPI Measurement System Overview If FETCh function uses a function or lt read measurement parameters gt that do not match the measurement data a 221 Settings conflict error is reported and the FETCh function request is ignored READ function error checking works the same as FETCh function You cannot FETCh FETCh function or print invalid measurement data Old measurement data will become invalid under the following conditions a After a RST a A new measurement is aborted m When a new measurement is completed successfully lt measurement parameters gt and lt read measurement parameters gt are always optional except for the number of points These parameters can only be omitted starting with the right most parameter Parameters missing on the right take their default value Substituting the word DEFault for a parameter will default th
173. f 2000 points in the Table RST does not affect the Table Same input range as notch frequency The LIST FREQuency query returns the values of the frequency field in all points you previously entered frequency data into in the Fade Profile Table The LIST FREQuency POINts query returns the number of points which the LIST FREQuency query will return Immediately after the LIST PRESet command has been executed this query will return 1 Loads a sequence of frequencies 40 MHz 50 MHz 60 MHz and 70 MHz into points 1 2 3 and 4 respectively in the Fade Profile Table OUTPUT 714 LIST FREQ 40MHz 50MHz 60MHz 70MHz HP 11757B LIST FREQuency Enter Frequency Values into Fade Profile Table Example Query Returns the frequency values in all points you previously entered frequency data into in the Fade Profile Table OUTPUT 714 LIST FREQ ENTER 714 Array Example Query Returns the number of points you have previously entered frequency field data into in the Fade Profile Table OUTPUT 714 LIST FREQ POIN ENTER 714 Points The value of Points will be in the range from 1 through 2000 5 33 HP 11757B LIST POWer AT Tenuation Enter Attenuation Values into Fade Profile Table Syntax Description lt NRf gt DB LIST POWer ATTenuation 4 MAXimum MINimum lt NR gt gt lt MAXimum gt MINimum MAXimum LIST POWer ATTenuation MINimum MAX imum LIST POWer ATTenuation POINts i
174. f points from 1 to 100 its 2nd parameter is BER or ALARm and its 3rd parameter is ON or OFF 141 Invalid character 2927 Correct the HP IB command data CONF ARR DYN CONF ARR DYN so that its 1st parameter is the number of points from 1 to 100 its 2nd parameter is the phase MINimum NONMinimum or BOTH and its 3rd parameter is BER or ALARm 141 Invalid character 2932 Correct the HP IB query data MEAS ARR DYN MEAS ARR DYN so that its 1st parameter is the number of points from 1 to 100 its 2nd parameter is the phase MINimum NONMinimum or BOTH and its 3rd parameter is BER or ALARm 138 Suffix not allowed Correct the HP IB controller program so that the decimal data included with the HP IB command does not use a suffix Use exponential notation instead A 26 HP 11757B HP IB Commands Table A 1 Error Messages continued Error Message Detail Action Required Number Number 131 Invalid suffix Correct the HP IB controller program so that the decimal data included with the HP IB command contains a valid suffix for the data 128 Numeric data not allowed Correct the HP IB controller program so that the data included with the HP IB command is not numeric data 123 Exponent too large Correct the HP IB numeric data so that it has an exponent from 32768 to 32767 121 Invalid character in number Invalid character in non decimal data
175. f the Fader This query allows you to store a Fader setup in the controller The stored setup can then be returned to the Fader when you want that setup at a later time The format of the learn string contents may change if the software revision of the Fader is changed This means that the format of the stored learn string may not be compatible if the Fader s software is changed Use IDN to read the software revision of the Fader There is no command for this query To read the state of the Fader run the following program 10 DIM Lrn 1000 20 OUTPUT 714 LRN 30 ENTER 714 USING K Lrn 40 END Lrn now contains the state of the Fader To set the Fader to the state contained in Lrn run the following program HP 11757B LRN Learn Device Setup Query 10 OUTPUT 714 Lrn 20 END Related Commands RCL RST SAV PRESET LOCAL See Also Related Documents in Appendix D OPC Operation Complete Syntax Description Example Command 4 18 HP 11757B OPC OPC Returned Format 1 lt NL gt The OPC operation complete command will cause the Fader to set the operation complete bit in the Standard Event Status Register when all pending Fader operations have finished These pending Fader operations are 1 Slewing Single sweep if single sweep mode is on Fade events 2 3 4 5 Measurements Printing The OPC query places an ASCII 1 in the
176. face Clear IFC This section gives a quick overview of some of the HP IB specific capabilities of the Fader In addition device clear interface clear and group execute trigger are described here The IEEE 488 1 Interface Function Subsets of the Fader are SH1 AH1 T6 TEO L4 LEO SR1 RL1 PP1 DC1 DT1 C0 E2 The device clear DCL or selected device clear SDC commands clear the input and output buffers They reset the Fader s parser and clear any pending commands In addition these commands ready the Fader to receive an HP IB command or query To achieve this the following Fader functions must be halted aborted m Fade events a Measurements m Printing The group execute trigger command has exactly the same functionality as the TRG command Please see the Common Commands chapter for a description of the TRG command This command halts all bus activity This includes unaddressing all listeners and the talker disabling serial poll on all devices and returning control to the system controller This does not perform a device clear Status Annunciators HP 11757B Status Annunciators RMT LSN TLK SRQ The Fader will display the HP IB bus status on the display using annunciators There are 4 of these HP IB annunciators RMT LSN TLK and 5RQ When this annunciator is on the Fader is in remote mode When this annunciator is off the Fader is in local mode This annunciator is always upda
177. from setting bit 8 in the Operation Event register 1 enable a zero to one state change of the printing bit to set bit 8 in the Operation Event register 7 128 X don t care 6 64 X don t care 5 32 0 inhibit a zero to one state change of the trigger wait bit from setting bit 5 in the Operation Event register 1 enable a zero to one state change of the trigger wait bit to set bit 5 in the Operation Event register 4 16 0 inhibit a zero to one state change of the measuring bit from setting bit 4 in the Operation Event register 1 enable a zero to one state change of the measuring bit to set bit 4 in the Operation Event register 3 8 0 inhibit a zero to one state change of the sweeping bit from setting bit 3 in the Operation Event register 1 enable a zero to one state change of the sweeping bit to set bit 3 in the Operation Event register 2 4 X don t care 1 2 0 inhibit a zero to one state change of the settling bit from setting bit 1 in the Operation Event register 1 enable a zero to one state change of the settling bit to set bit 1 in the Operation Event register 0 1 X don t care HP 11757B STATus OPERation PTRansition Operation Positive Transition Reg Example Command Example Query Related Commands See Also To enable the settling bit in the Operation Condition register to set the settling bit in the Operation Event regist
178. has exactly 1 parameter the HP IB query may have 0 or 1 parameters 107 Incorrect number of parameters NO SWEEP DEPTH 2026 Correct the HP IB controller program so that the HP IB non swept notch depth command has exactly 1 parameter the HP IB query may have 0 or 1 parameters 107 Incorrect number of parameters NO SWEEP ATTEN 2031 Correct the HP IB controller program so that the HP IB non swept attenuation command has exactly 1 parameter the HP IB query may have 0 or 1 parameters 107 Incorrect number of parameters STATE STORE 2036 Correct the HP IB Correct the HP IB controller program so that the HP IB save command SAV has exactly 1 parameter A 29 HP IB Commands HP 11757B Table A 1 Error Messages continued Error Message Detail Action Required Number Number 107 Incorrect number of 2041 Correct the HP IB controller parameters START FREQ program so that the HP IB start notch frequency command has exactly 1 parameter the HP IB query may have 0 or 1 parameters 107 Incorrect number of parameters STOP FREQ 2046 Correct the HP IB controller program so that the HP IB stop notch frequency command has exactly 1 parameter the HP IB query may have 0 or 1 parameters 107 Incorrect number of parameters START ATTEN 2051 Correct the HP IB controller program so that the HP IB start attenuation command has exac
179. he ALARM Input Syntax ALARm POLarity l y ALARm POLarity Description Sets the polarity of the ALARM input NORMal is the same as positive INVerted is the same as negative Preset NORM The query returns the polarity of the ALARM input Example Command OUTPUT 714 ALAR POL NORM Example Query OUTPUT 714 ALAR POL ENTER 714 Polarity 5 59 HP 11757B FM DEViation Set Frequency Deviation for Dynamic M Syntax Description Example Command Example Query lt NRf gt freq suff FM DEViation 4 MAXimum MINimum Peer MAXimum FM DEViation a MINimum Sets frequency deviation for the Dynamic M measurement Input can be 1MHz 2MHz 4MHz 6MHz 10MHz or 20MHz Values between legal values will be rounded to the nearest legal value Negative values are accepted without error but they will be changed to their absolute value See the description of the MEAS SETUP key in the local operation section of this manual for a more detailed description of the deviation The Preset value is 1MHz The query returns the frequency deviation for Dynamic M measurement OUTPUT 714 FM DEV 4MHZ OUTPUT 714 FM DEV ENTER 714 Peak_deviation HP 11757B FM INTernal RATE Set Frequency Rate for Dynamic M FM INTernal RATE Set Frequency Rate for Dynamic M Syntax Description Example Command Example Query FM INTernal RATE lt NRf gt freq per second suff M
180. he band is increased The notch is again lowered until the ERROR CRITERIA is reached This process is repeated until the highest desired sweep RATE is tested The data from this measurement is presented in a graph similar to the one shown in figure 2 8 This graph is different from M Curve graphs in that the x axis is sweep RATE instead of notch frequency HP 11757B Detailed Operating Instructions DYNAMIC S HOW THE NOTCH MOVES IN FREQUENCY NOTCH DEPTH TIME NOTCH FREQUENCY START STOP FREQUENCY FREQUENCY MEAS MEAS setup setup RATE OF NOTCH MOVEMENT CSTOP FREQ START FREQ x 2 CIN FREQUENCY MEAS START RATE gt SETUP 3 MEAS STOP RATE gt SETUP 4 Figure 2 7 Dynamic S Curve Measurement 2 45 Detailed Operating Instructions HP 11757B S CURVE TYPICAL OUTPUT a MINIMUM PHASE LINE DRAWN CRITERIA NOTCH DEPTH 44 MEAS a7 dB SETUP NON MINIMUM PHASE XXX RATE XXX A MH2 Sec LN START STOP RATE RATE MEAS MEAS setup setup 4 Figure 2 8 Dynamic S Curve Measurement Like the Dynamic M Curve measurement the HP 11757B will wait for at least one cycle of notch frequency movement before it calculates the bit error rate For slow moving notches this can significantly effect the overall measurement speed Recovery Time Recovery Time is a measure of the time it takes the radio to re lock after the IF path has been broken After the user selects this mea
181. his subsystem Test Mask Overview for an example command See the beginning of this subsystem Test Mask Overview for an example query 5 67 HP 11757B CALCulate LIMit CONTrol NONMinimum Load Test Mask Nonmin x Data CALCulate LIMit CONTrol NONMinimum value value Syntax CALCulate LIMit CONTrol NONMinimum Description Loads the Nonminimum phase x axis data values for the test mask The maximum number of data values that can be entered is 11 Loading this data always presets the existing data to Notch Frequency preset value first Preset has no effect on the values of the test mask The query returns the data as a list of numbers separated by commas Example Command See the beginning of this subsystem Test Mask Overview for an example command Example Query See the beginning of this subsystem Test Mask Overview for an example query 5 68 HP 11757B CALCulate LIMit LOWer MINimum Load Test Mask Min y Data CALCulate LIMit LOWer MINimum Load Test Mask Min y Data Syntax Description Example Command Example Query CALCulate LIMit LOWer MINimum value value CALCulate LIMit LOWer MINimum Loads the Minimum phase y axis data values for the test mask The maximum number of data values that can be entered is 11 Loading this data always presets the existing data to Notch Frequency preset value first Preset has no effect on the valu
182. iance m Index If your Fader is an integral part of a HP 11758T U Digital Radio Test Set DRTS this manual also applies with a few exceptions There is no internal printer in the DRTS so commands relating to the internal printer must be disregarded There are also no numeric keys 0 through o so parameters must be entered using arrow keys 1 1 General Information 1 2 IF Bands Option 001 Connecting the HP 11757B to a BERT HP 11757B The HP 11757B has options on two IF bands The options available are m Standard 40 MHz to 100 MHz m Option 140 90 0 MHz to 190 0 MHz a Option 147 40 MHz to 100 MHz and 90 0 MHz to 190 0 MHz Serial prefixes less than 3215A have an upper band range of 110 0 MHz to 170 0 MHz If your HP 11757B is an option 001 it does not have built in signature analysis You cannot select a measurement type such as Static M or Dynamic S All instructions in this manual pertaining to signatures MEAS MEAS TYPE RADIO SETUP and MEAS SETUP do not apply to option 001 instruments To perform M Curves or other signature measurements with option 001 you must either perform them manually or use an external controller and program The HP 11757B can work with many different types of Bit Error Rate Testers BERT However not all BERTs operate the same way and it is important for you to understand how to correctly interface different types of BERTS to the HP 11757B Triggering
183. ic M Dynamic M Dynamic S or Hysteresis M Curve measurement The test mask is broken into two main sets of x y data one set for minimum phase and one set for nonminimum phase The number of x y pairs for each phase is set at a fixed value of 11 All eleven values must be entered for the test mask to work properly This means a total of 44 4 x 11 data values must be entered The 11 x and 11 y values for each phase are entered with a separate command These commands are summarized below a x values for Minimum phase are entered with the CALC LIM CONT MIN command a y values for Minimum phase are entered with the CALC LIM LOW MIN command a x values for Nonminimum phase are entered with the CALC LIM CONT NONM command a y values for Nonminimum phase are entered with the CALC LIM LOW NONM command The values that are entered with these commands must be separated by commas Entered x y pairs correspond with each other respectively For example the first x value entered for Minimum phase corresponds to the first y value entered for Minimum phase HP 11757B Test Mask Overview Example Command To enter a minimum phase test mask with the following x y values 406 40 46e6 35 52e6 30 58e6 22 64e6 15 70e6 15 76e6 15 82e6 22 88e6 30 94e6 35 100e6 40 you would use the following commands OUTPUT 714 CALC LIM CONT MIN 40e6 46e6 52e6 58e6 64e6 70e6
184. ical non warranted c MHz 20 MHz or 140 MHz 20 MHz except where noted haracteristics measured at 25 C with notch frequencies 70 Automatic Gain Control Typical Notch Frequency Accuracy Absolute Accuracy Relative Accuracy Typical Notch Depth Accuracy 25 C Error 20 dB 30 dB 40 dB Typical Temperature Performance 20 dB 30 dB 40 dB Repeatability and 24 Hour Drift 20 dB 30 dB 40 dB Interpath Delay Variable Delay Range Resolution Maintains constant output power for notch depths up to 40 dB over 1 0 MHz to 40 MHz bandwidths 0 15 MHz 0 8 per change in frequency or 30 kHz whichever is greater 0 2 dB 0 3 dB 1 0 dB 0 50 dB 0 75 dB 2 0 dB 0 03 dB 0 10 dB 0 30 dB 6 3 ns 1 ns to 25 ns 0 1 ns 15 C to 35 C Simulated variable delay valid over a restricted bandwidth B 4 HP 11757B Specifications Table B 2 Supplemental Characteristics continued Characteristics Performance Limits Conditions Sweep Speed 10 ms to 99 9s Resolution in 10 ms steps Max Slew Rate Gain Attenuation 6500 dB sec Notch Frequency Notch Depth Noise Figure Frequency Response Amplitude variation Group delay variation Internal Fading Event Memory Number of fade event sequences Three Tone Intermodulation Response 70 MHz Band 140 MHz Band Typical Flat Fade Gain Attenuation Accuracy Net weight Dimensions 6 GHz se
185. ided by pressing EXIT SHIFT then ENTER before pressing the key PRESET has no effect on front panel storage registers 1 through 10 or the internal fading event memory When PRESET is activated the Fader is set to the conditions shown in the previous table PRESET does not affect test mask data PRESET erases measurement data 2 61 Detailed Operating Instructions HP 11757B PRINTER Description The PRINTER key SHIFT MEAS will access printer options It will allow you to select between an external HP IB ThinkJet or compatible printer the internal thermal printer or no printer EXTERNal INTERNal or NONE It also allows you to set the print mode NONE PRVIEW or DATA External Printer Setup The Fader must be in talk only mode This is done by setting the Fader s HP IB address to 50 See the HP IB ADRS setting under the MORE key The external ThinkJet printer must be placed in listen always mode The procedure for setting it in this mode is as follows 1 Turn the power to the ThinkJet printer off 2 Find the HP IB switches on the back panel of the printer 3 Set the listen always switch to the up position This switch is second from the left and is labeled 4 Connect an HP IB cable between the printer and the Fader 5 Turn the power back on The printer only scans the switch settings at power up If you change the switches while the printer is powered up the printer will not
186. idual Status Query 4 14 INITiate 5 83 input impedance of the ALARM input read 5 58 input signal descibe center frequency of 5 4 set bandwidth of 5 3 instrument option numbers 4 12 serial number 4 12 software revision number 4 12 Interface Clear D 16 Interface Function Subsets D 16 interpath delay 2 12 Invalid Measurement Data C 5 IST 4 14 L Learn Device Setup Query 4 16 Learn String 4 16 LIST FREQuency 5 32 POWer ATTenuation 5 34 POWer DEPTh 5 36 POWer DEPTh PHASe 5 38 PRESet 5 40 SSEQuencen 5 41 TIME 5 42 UPDate 5 44 LIST commands background on 5 29 list number set start stop indexes for 5 41 LOCAL 2 59 LRN Query 4 16 LSN Annunicator D 17 M manuals 1 4 mask test 2 99 M Curve 2 39 MEAS SETUP 2 32 MEAS TYPE 2 39 MEASure function C 9 function default parameters C 5 function definition C 3 function optional parameters C 5 measured data download last 5 84 MEASure key 2 29 measurements 2 29 using SRQ to know when finished from HP IB D 14 measurement setup 2 32 MIN PHASE 2 56 MK SEARCH 2 37 MORE key 2 50 MSS Master Summary Status 4 31 Index 9 N NON MIN PHASE 2 56 notch set fixed depth value of 5 9 set fixed frequency of 5 18 set fixed phase value of 5 12 set frequency sweep mode of 5 19 set start depth value of 5 14 set start frequency value of 5 22 set start phase value of 5 15 set stop depth value of 5 16 set stop frequency value of 5 23 se
187. ill have a significant effect on total measurement time increasing WAIT TIME and or decreasing MAX SLEW will slow the measurement down If you are getting inconsistent readings even if MK SEARCH is on it may be the measurement is proceeding too fast Use these two features to modify the speed of the measurement until you get consistent results 9 SYMBL TIME This allows you to enter the radio s symbol time for use when calculating the CCIR DFM value The preset is 50 ns It may be set from 10 to 2 66 HP 11757B Detailed Operating Instructions 1000 ns CCIR DFM calculation is only available in serial prefixes 3215A and above 10 RADIO DEMO Allows you to demonstrate the signature capabilities of the Fader without a digital radio present This feature simulates the presence of a digital radio and BERT so that that you can demonstrate a signature measurement and print results This feature is either on or off When it is on all parameters and the measurement type are used in the simulation when is pressed The Fader even simulates the time it takes for a measurement MK SEARCH and other features are simulated The preset for RADIO DEMO is off This feature should be kept off when you are not demonstrating the instrument The Fader will ignore a real radio during an actual measurement if RADIO DEMO is ON The Radio Setup functions and parameters do not apply to option 001 instruments Detailed Operating Instructions HP 1175
188. illiseconds The preset value for sweep time is 5 seconds To set a sweep time of 10 5 seconds 1 Press SHIFT 2 Press SET STOP Sweep time is found over GET sT0R 3 Pres DOOD 4 Press the ENTER key The remote code for set time is SWE TIME This must be followed by digits from 0 01 to 99 99 Seconds are assumed To set a sweep time of 10 5 seconds OUTPUT 714 SWE TIME 10 58 Keystroke Program Code SET TIME SWE TIME HP 11757B Single Sweep Description Example HP IB Code Detailed Operating Instructions This option allows you to set the sweep mode for a single sweep To set a single sweep from the front panel call MORE function 1 To set the sweep mode to single 1 Press SHIFT PRESET LOCAL 2 Use the arrow key until the display reads 1 SINGLE SWEEP then press ENTER 3 Use the 4 arrow key to toggle the sweep mode from OFF to ON The HP IB code for a single sweep is SWE MODE MAN The HP IB code for continuous sweeping is SWE MODE AUTO 2 83 Detailed Operating Instructions HP 11757B SLEW TIME Description Local Procedure Remote Procedure HP IB Program Codes Comments 2 84 SLEW TIME allows you to set a slew time for all parameters The input range is 10 milliseconds to 99 99 seconds SLEW TIME is preset to 100 milliseconds All parameters frequency attenuation and depth slew at the same rate 1 Press SHIFT then PRES
189. imulate pressing the NOTCH FREQ and f keys run the following program 10 OUTPUT 714 SYST KEY 8 KEY 30 20 END Example Query To read the last key pressed run the following program 10 OUTPUT 714 SYST KEY 20 ENTER 714 Last_key 30 PRINT Last_key 40 END 5 99 HP 11757B SYSTem TIME Set the Clock Time Syntax Description 5 100 lt NRf gt lt NRf gt SYSTem TIME lt MAXimum MAXimum MINimum MINimum lt NRf gt MAXimum MINimum MAXimum l MINimum MAXimum MINimum MAXimum MINimum Sets the Fader s clock time The first parameter is hour the second parameter is minutes and the third parameter is seconds The hour range is 0 to 23 The minutes range is 0 to 59 Seconds can only be 0 or 60 Values between 0 and 60 are rounded to the closest value of the two If seconds is equal to 60 after rounding seconds is rounded up to 0 and one is added to the minutes If necessary this carry will propagate up to the hour and to the date too Preset has no affect on the Fader s clock time SYSTem TIME The query returns the Fader s current clock time Seconds is always 0 HP 11757B SYSTem TIME Set the Clock Time Example Command To set the Fader s clock time to 3 59 PM run the following program 10 OUTPUT 714 SYST TIME 15 59 0 20 END Example Query To read the current time from the Fader run the following program 10 OUTPUT 714 SYST TIME 20 ENTER 7
190. ing BER criteria set up TRIG2 BER TRIG2 BER ECO TRIG2 BER FREQ TRIG2 BER MULT ERROR IMP ERROR COUP and TRIG2 LEV It is recommended that the SCPI commands TRIG2 ECL and TRIG2 TTL be used instead of ERROR COUP If using ALARm criteria set up ALARM POL MEAS ARR DYN FM points phase criteria mksearch This performs a Dynamic M measurement and returns frequency depth pairs The number of pairs of data will be equal to points phase can be MINimum NONMinimum or BOTH If BOTH is chosen the number of pairs of data will be equal to 2 points with MINimum data returned first criteria can be BER or ALARm mksearch can be ON or OFF HYSTERESIS M 3 steps HP 11757B 1 Using MEASure function Set up FREQ STAR FREQ STOP CALC SMO STAT TRIG2 TIM and SWE SLEW RATE If using BER criteria set up TRIG2 BER TRIG2 BER ECO TRIG2 BER FREQ TRIG2 BER MULT ERROR IMP ERROR COUP and TRIG2 LEV It is recommended that the SCPI commands TRIG2 ECL and TRIG2 TTL be used instead of ERROR COUP If using ALARm criteria set up ALARM POL MEAS ARR HYST points criteria mksearch This performs a HYSTERESIS M measurement and returns frequency depth pairs The total number of pairs of data will be equal to 4 points The data is returned in the following order all minimum shallow to deep pairs all minimum deep to shallow pairs all non mini
191. introduction to these LIST commands and Fig 5 2 For example the following command OUTPUT 714 LIST SSEQ1 1 50 defines that fade event 1 is composed of the points whose indexes are from 1 through 50 Fade events can overlap RST does not affect the fade event definitions Immediately after the execution of the LIST PRESet command all fade events 0 9 have start index 1 stop index 0 If the stop index is less than the start index the fade event is considered undefined The query returns the start and stop indexes for fade event n n can have a value from 0 through 9 Example Command Sets fade event 3 to use fade table indexes 2 through 4 OUTPUT 714 LIST SSEQ3 2 4 Example Query Returns the start and stop indexes for fade event 2 OUTPUT 714 LIST SSEQ2 7 ENTER 714 Start_index Stop_index 5 41 HP 11757B LIST TIME Enter Time Values into Fade Profile Table Syntax Description Example Command 5 42 lt NRf gt time suff MAXimum MINimum lt NRf gt time suff gt lt MAXimum EENS MINimum LIST TIME MAXimum LIST TIME MINimum MAXimum LIST TIME POINts MINimum Sets the time field values for the Fade Profile Table You may set time values in a maximum of 2000 points in the Table RST does not affect the Table Input range is 100ms thru 10sec The LIST TIME query returns the value of the time field in all points in the Fade Profile Table The LIST TIME POINts query re
192. ion table CAL MINDEPTH DATA to be within the range of 0 to 4095 222 Data out of range INCORRECT 2322 Correct the band number sent with BAND SELECTION WITH the Non Min Notch Depth CAL NMINDEPTH DATA calibration table 222 Data out of range B VALUE OUT 2323 Correct the B values sent with the OF RANGE WITH CAL NMINDEPTH DATA Non Min Notch Depth calibration table to be within the range of 0 to 29997 A 9 HP IB Commands HP 11757B Table A 1 Error Messages continued Error Message Detail Action Required Number Number 222 Data out of range sDAC VALUE 2324 Correct the dac values sent with the OUT OF RANGE WITH Non Min Notch Depth calibration CAL NMINDEPTH DATA table to be within the range of 0 to 4095 222 Data out of range INCORRECT 2327 Correct the band number sent with BAND SELECTION WITH the Minimum Notch Frequency CAL FREQ DATA calibration table 222 Data out of range FREQUENCY 2328 Correct the frequencies sent with the OUT OF RANGE WITH Minimum Notch Frequency CAL FREQ DATA calibration table to be within the range of 0 to 25000 222 Data out of range DAC VALUE 2329 Correct the dac values sent with the OUT OF RANGE WITH Minimum Notch Frequency CAL FREQ DATA calibration table to be within the range of 0 to 4095 222 Data out of range INCORRECT 2332 Correct the band number sent with BAND SELECTION WITH the Min Flatness calibrati
193. ire contents of the error queue run the following program 10 DIM B 160 20 OUTPUT 714 SYST ERR 30 ENTER 714 A B 40 PRINT A B 50 IF A lt gt O THEN 20 60 END When an error is reported to the HP IB error queue one of the Standard Event Status Register s error bits will also be set Which bit is set depends on the value in the Error Number column in table A 1 Error Messages If the Error Number is from 199 to 100 the Command Error bit is set If the Error Number is from 299 to 200 the Execution Error bit is set If the Error Number is from 399 to 300 or from 1 to 32767 the Device Dependent Error bit is set If the Error Number is from 499 to 400 the Query Error bit is set See the ESR query in the Common Commands chapter for more information about the Standard Event Status Register bit definitions Table A 1 Error Messages describes all measurement and entry errors The error number error message detail number if any and action typically required to remove the error causing condition are given HP 11757B HP IB Commands Table A 1 Error Messages Error Number Message Detail Number Action Required 440 Query UNTERMINATED after indefinite response Correct the HP IB controller program so that the query that returns indefinite length block data is the last item on the program line 430 Query DEADLOCKED Correct the HP IB cont
194. llowing program 10 OUTPUT 714 STAT OPER NTR 20 ENTER 714 Oper_ntr 30 PRINT Oper_ntr 40 END STATus 0 PERation EVENt STATus 0 PERation CON Dition STATus OPERation ENABle STATus OPERation PTRansition STB Common Commands Related Documents in Appendix D HP 11757B STATus OPERation PTRansition Operation Positive Transition Reg STATus OPERation PTRansition Operation Positive Transition Reg Syntax Description STATus OPERation PTRansition number Where number is the number representing the value of bits in the Operation Positive Transition register to be set The number must be from 0 to 65535 STATus OPERation PTRansition Returned format number lt NL gt Where number The current value of the Operation Positive Transition register The STATus OPERation PTRansition command is used to define which bits in the Operation Condition register will set the corresponding bit in the Operation Event register on a zero to one state change 5 115 STATus OPERation PTRansition Operation Positive Transition Reg HP 11757B 5 116 Operation Positive Transition Register Bit Definitions Bit Weight Condition 15 32768 X don t care 14 16384 X don t care 13 8192 X don t care 12 4096 X don t care 11 2048 X don t care 10 1024 X don t care 9 512 X don t care 8 256 0 inhibit a zero to one state change of the printing bit
195. m 0 to 30 40 is for listen only 50 is for talk only 222 Data out of range sNO SWEEP 2025 Select a non swept notch depth from DEPTH 0 dB to 99 9 dB 222 Data out of range sNO SWEEP 2030 Select a non swept attenuation from ATTEN 30 dB to 99 9 dB 222 Data out of range STATE STORE 2035 Select a save register number from 1 to 10 222 Data out of range START FREQ 2040 Select a start notch frequency within the following ranges Option 000 30 MHz to 100 MHz Option 140 90 MHz to 190 MHz Option 147 30 MHz to 190 MHz 222 Data out of range STOP FREQ 2045 Select a stop notch frequency within the following ranges Option 000 30 MHz to 100 MHz Option 140 90 MHz to 190 MHz Option 147 30 MHz to 190 MHz A 6 HP 11757B HP IB Commands Table A 1 Error Messages continued Error Message Detail Action Required Number Number 222 Data out of range START ATTEN 2050 Select a start attenuation from 30 dB to 99 9 dB 222 Data out of range sSTOP ATTEN 2055 Select a stop attenuation from 30 dB to 99 9 dB 222 Data out of range START DEPTH 2060 Select a start notch depth from 0 dB to 99 9 dB 222 Data out of range STOP DEPTH 2065 Select a stop notch depth from 0 dB to 99 9 dB 222 Data out of range DIAG IBUS DIR 2070 Correct the HP IB command DIAG IBUS DIR or DIAG IBUS DIR so that its parameters are within the followi
196. mand were received within the program message For example the program message OUTPUT 714 FREQ START 7OMHHZ POW DEPTH 10dB FREQ STOP 90MHZ 4 1 Common Commands HP 11757B would set the start frequency set the notch depth and then set the stop frequency In this example FREQ is sent again in order to reenter the frequency subsystem and set the stop frequency Table 4 1 lists all the IEEE 488 2 Common Commands implemented by the Fader 4 2 HP 11757B Common Commands Table 4 1 Fader IEEE 488 2 Common Commands Common Command IEEE Name CLS ESE ESE ESR IDN IST LRN OPC OPC OPT PRE PRE RCL RST SAV SRE SRE STB TRG TST WAI Clear Status Command Standard Event Status Enable Command Standard Event Status Enable Query Standard Event Status Register Query Identification Query Individual Status Query Learn Device Setup Query Operation Complete Command Operation Complete Query Option Identification Query Parallel Poll Enable Register Command Parallel Poll Enable Register Query Recall Command Reset Command Save Command Service Request Enable Command Service Request Enable Query Read Status Byte Query Trigger Command Self Test Query Wait to Continue Command 4 3 HP 11757B CLS CLS Clear Status Command Syntax Description Example Command Example Query Related Commands 4 4 The CLS clear status commo
197. meter sets the phase if omitted MINimum is assumed The third parameter is BER for bit error rate criteria or ALARm for ALARM criteria if omitted BER is assumed The specific BER criteria is set up with the TRIGger2 BER THReshold command The fourth parameter turns the MK SEARCH on or off if omitted OFF is assumed For a detailed explaination of how MK SEARCH works see the description of the MEAS SETUP key in the local part of this manual If you don t use CONFigure before an INITIATE the current measurement setup will be used 5 73 CONFigure ARRay DYNamic FM Configure Dynamic M Measurement HP 11757B Example Command The following example sets up and executes a Dynamic M measurement OPTION BASE 1 DIM Array 40 OUTPUT 714 RST PRESETS the HP 11757B OUTPUT 714 TRIGGER2 BER FREQ 44 7MHZ Sets radio bit rate OUTPUT 714 FREQ START 50MHZ Set Start Freq to 50 MHz OUTPUT 714 FREQ STOP 9OMHZ Set Stop Freq to 90 MHz OUTPUT 714 TRIGGER2 BER THR 1E 3 Sets 1E 3 threshold OUTPUT 714 FM DEV 6MHZ Set Deviation OUTPUT 714 FM INT RATE 300MHZ S Set Rate 1 The following CONFIGURE command sets up a Dynamic M measurement 10 points Both phases BER Criteria and MK Search OFF 1 OUTPUT 714 CONFIGURE ARRAY DYN FM 10 BOTH BER OFF OUTPUT 714 INITIATE Starts the measurement OUTPUT 714 FETCH Gets the measured data ENTER 714 Array OUTPUT 714 FETCH DFM Gets the Dis
198. mmands are the commands defined by IEEE 488 2 These commands control some functions that are common to all IEEE 488 2 instruments Sending the common commands does not take the HP 11757B parser out of a selected subsystem Subsystem Commands There are several subsystems in the HP 11757B Only one subsystem may be programmed or queried at any given time At power on the command parser is set to the root of the command tree therefore no subsystem is active When a program message terminator or a leading colon is sent in a program unit the command parser is returned to the root of the command tree HP 11757B Introduction to Remote Programming di aumea a aI FM CALCULATE CONF I GURE INITIATE FETCH SYSTEM STATUS DISPLAY DEVIATION LIMIT ARRAY DFM COMMUNICATE OPERATION INTERNAL FAIL DYNAMIC GPIB CONDITION RATE FCOUNT FM ADDRESS ENABLE CONTROL SWEEP PRINTER EVENT MINIMUM HYSTERESIS DESTINATION NTRANSITION NONMIN IMUM STATIC DUMP PTRANSITION STATE RECOVERY STATE PRESET LOWER BER DATE QUESTIONABLE MINIMUM ERROR CONDITION NONMINIMUM KEY ENABLE SMOOTHING TIME EVENT STATE VERSION NTRANSITION PTRANSITION Figure 3 1b HP IB Commands cont The 17 subsystems in the HP 11757B are listed below ABORt interrupts an existing measurment ALARm sets the input triggering for the Alarm In input CALCulate controls the EDGE ZOOM feature as well as the TEST MASK CONFigure sets up the instrument for particular signature
199. mum shallow to deep pairs and lastly all non minimum deep to shallow pairs criteria can be BER or ALARm mksearch can be ON or OFF RECOVERY TIME 2 steps 1 If using BER criteria set up TRIG2 BER TRIG2 BER FREQ TRIG2 BER MULT ERROR IMP ERROR COUP and TRIG2 LEV this measurement does not use TRIG2 BER ECO It is recommended that the SCPI commands TRIG2 ECL and TRIG2 TTL be used instead of ERROR COUP If using ALARm criteria set up ALARM POL MEAS REC criteria This performs a recovery time measurement and returns a single value equal to the recovery time in seconds criteria can be BER or ALARm BIT ERROR RATE 2 steps Using MEASure unction C 12 HP 11757B Set up TRIG2 BER FREQ TRIG2 BER MULT ERROR IMP ERROR COUP and TRIG2 LEV this measurement does not use TRIG2 BER nor TRIG2 BER ECO It is recommended that the SCPI commands TRIG2 ECL and TRIG2 TTL be used instead of ERROR COUP MEAS BER This performs one bit error rate measurement and returns a single value equal to the bit error rate The bit error rate is calculated by looking at the error input for approximately 1 second No parameters are allowed with MEAS BER BELLCORE DISPERSIVE FADE MARGIN 2 steps 1 Successfully MEASure function any measurement type except RECOVERY TIME BER and DYNAMIC S FETC DFM BELLCORE This query will return the Bellcore dis
200. mum or LOWer NONMinimum limits If the measured values x coordinate does not agree with the test mask s x coordinate the HP 11757B will linearly interpolate between test mask x coordinates to get a y coordinate to compare with the measured y value For a more complete explanation of this interpolation see the description of the fEsT MASK key in the local operation section of this manual This feature does not work for Recovery Time measurements There is no command for this query OUTPUT 714 CALC LIM FAIL ENTER 714 Pass_fail_flag 5 71 HP 11757B CALCulate LIMit FCOunt Report Number of Test Mask Fails Syntax CALCulate LIMit FCOunt Description Returns the number of time the measurement depths were less than the corresponding LOWer MINimum or LOWer NONMinimum limits This feature does not work for Recovery Time measurements Example Command There is no command for this query Example Query OUTPUT 714 CALC LIM FCO ENTER 714 Fail_number 5 72 HP 11757B CONFigure ARRay DYNamic FM Configure Dynamic M Measurement CONFigure ARRay DY Namic FM Configure Dynamic M Measurement lt NRf gt CONFigure ARRay DYNamic FM 4 MAXimum MINimum Syntax MINimum me BER ON gt NONMinimum y ALARm OFF BOTH Description Configures for a Dynamic M measurement The first parameter is the number of points in the measurement This is required and must be in parenthesis The second para
201. n Syntax Description Example Command Example Query 5 6 FIXed POWer ATTenuation MODE 4 SWEep LISTn POWer ATTenuation MODE Controls the sweep mode for the attenuation FIXed means sweep off and SWEep means sweep on LISTn means to use the LIST subsystem to get attenuation values where n ranges from 0 to 9 If LIST is selected frequency and depth will be set to LIST mode also See SWE ALL for more LIST information The Preset value is FIXed The query returns the attenuation sweep mode This query returns FIX SWE or LISTn so you must read it in as a string Sets the power attenuation sweep mode to fade profile 9 OUTPUT 714 POW ATT MODE LIST9 OUTPUT 714 POW ATT MODE ENTER 714 Mode HP 11757B POWer ATTenuation STARt Set Start Attenuation POWer AT Tenuation STARt Set Start Attenuation Syntax lt NRI gt POWer ATTenuation STARt lt MAXimum MINimum MAXimum POWer ATTenuation STARt MINimum Description Sets the start attenuation for sweeps If attenuation sweep is active this restarts the sweep Negative attenuation is gain Input range is 30 0dB to 99 9dB The Preset value is 0dB The query returns the start attenuation setting Example Command Sets the start attenuation value to 5 dB of gain OUTPUT 714 POW ATT STAR 5 Example Query OUTPUT 714 POW ATT STAR ENTER 714 Start_power 5 7 HP 11757B POWer AT Tenuation STOP Set Stop Attenuation Syntax
202. n a copy of either of these documents write to The Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers Inc 345 East 47th Street New York NY 10017 USA HP 11757B Hewlett Packard Company Related Documents BASIC 5 0 5 1 Interfacing Techniques Vol 2 Specific Interfaces 1987 HP Part No 98613 90022 This HP BASIC manual contains a good non technical description of the HP IB interface in its chapter 12 titled The HP IB Interface Subsequent revisions of HP BASIC may use a slightly different title for this manual or chapter This manual is the best reference on instrument input output for HP BASIC programmers Beginner s Guide to SCPI 1990 HP Part No 12325 90001 This guide is included with the Fader It gives a good introduction to the SCPI Language and SCPI programming It also gives a quick overview of the SCPI STATus structure This guide will help a reader of the Fader manual to better understand the HP IB command descriptions in the HP IB Commands chapter Standard Commands For Programmable Instruments Manual April 1991 This document describes the complete SCPI programming standards and language There is no need to have this document to use the Fader it is only intended for users with an interest in SCPI The Fader contains an applicable subset of the SCPI language To obtain a copy of the SCPI Manual contact your Hewlett Packard Sales Representative there is no HP Part number for the SCPI
203. n command clears all of the following m Standard Event Status Register m Operation Event Register m Questionable Event Register a HP IB Error Queue m Request for OPC flag If the CLS command immediately follows a PROGRAM MESSAGE TERMINATOR the output queue and the MAV message available bit will be cleared To clear all the status data structures and the HP IB error queue run the following program OUTPUT 714 CLS There is no query for this command SYSTem ERRor STATus OPERation EVENt STATus QUEStionable EVENt ESR OPC OPC STB HP 11757B CLS Clear Status Command See Also STATus subsystem Error Messages Appendix Related Documents in Appedix D ESE HP 11757B Standard Event Status Enable 4 6 Syntax Description ESE lt mask gt Where lt mask gt 0 to 255 ESE Returned Format lt mask gt lt NL gt Where lt mask gt 0 to 255 The ESE command sets the Standard Event Status Enable Register bits The Standard Event Status Enable Register contains a mask value for the bits to be enabled in the Standard Event Status Register see HP IB command ESR A one in the Standard Event Status Enable Register will enable the corresponding bit in the Standard Event Status Register a zero will disable the bit Refer to Table 4 2 for the information about the Standard Event Status Enable Register bits bit weights and what each bit masks Th
204. n the range of 30000 to 30000 222 Data out of range sDAC VALUE 2384 Correct the dac values sent with the OUT OF RANGE WITH three tone source level calibration CAL TTSLEVEL DATA table to be within the range of 0 to 4095 222 Data out of range FREQUENCY 2388 Correct the frequencies sent with the OUT OF RANGE WITH three tone source frequency CAL TTSFREQ DATA calibration table to be within the range of 10000 to 10000 222 Data out of range DAC VALUE 2389 Correct the dac values sent with the OUT OF RANGE WITH three tone source frequency CAL TTSFREQ DATA calibration table to be within the range of 0 to 1023 222 Data out of range LIST TIME 2395 Correct the HP IB command LIST TIME so that its time parameters are all from 100 ms to 10s 222 Data out of 2405 Correct the HP IB command range LIST POW DEPT PHAS LIST POW DEPT PHAS so that its notch phase parameters are all 0 NONM or 1 MIN HP 11757B HP IB Commands Table A 1 Error Messages continued Error Message Detail Action Required Number Number 222 Data out of range LIST SSEQ 2415 Correct the HP IB command LIST SSEQ so that its start and stop indices are from 1 to 2000 4000 with Option 001 222 Data out of range DELAY 2425 Select a delay from 1 ns to 25 ns 222 Data out of range AGC CENTER 2450 Select an AGC center frequency FREQ within the following ranges Option 0
205. ndard Event Status Register i Reading the register clears the Standard Event Status Ti 3 Register Table 4 3 shows the Standard Event Status Register The table shows each bit in the Standard Event Status Register and the bit weight When the Standard Event Status Register is read the value returned is the total bit weights of all bits that are high at the time the register is read Note 4 9 ESR Standard Event Status Register Query HP 11757B Table 4 3 Standard Event Status Register Bit Bit Bit Condition Weight Name 7 128 PON 0 an OFF to ON power transition has not occurred 1 an OFF to ON power transition has occurred 6 64 URQ 0 no front panel key has been pressed 1 front panel key has been pressed 5 32 CME 0 no command errors 1 a command error has been detected 4 16 EXE 0 no execution error 1 an execution error has been detected 3 8 DDE 0 no device dependent errors 1 a device dependent error has been detected 2 4 QYE 0 no query errors 1 a query error has been detected 1 2 RQC 0 request control NOT used always 0 0 1 OPC 0 operation is not complete 1 operation is complete 0 False Low 1 True High Example Command There is no command for this query Example Query To read the Fader s Standard Event Status Enable Register run the following program 10 OUTPUT 714 ESR 20 ENTER 714 Events 30 PRINT Events 40 END Related Commands SYSTem ERRor
206. ng ranges Shift chain 1st parameter 0 1 3 or 4 Start bit 2nd parameter 0 to 71 Bit field length 3rd parameter 1 to 32 Data 4th parameter Command only 0 to 2147483647 222 Data out of range INSTRUMENT CONTROL 2075 Select Fader control values within the following ranges Destination number 0 to 32 New value 0 to 16383 222 Data out of range STATE RECALL 2080 Select a recall register number from 1 to 10 222 Data out of range SLEW 2085 Select a slew time from 10ms to 99 99s A 7 HP IB Commands HP 11757B Table A 1 Error Messages continued Error Message Detail Action Required Number Number 222 Data out of range SWEEP TIME 2090 Select a sweep time from 10ms to 99 99s 222 Data out of range sNO SWEEP MIN 2130 Select a non swept phase of NON MIN O0 NONM or 1 MIN 222 Data out of range START MIN 2135 Select a start phase of NONM or NON MIN 1 MIN 222 Data out of range STOP MIN 2140 Select a stop phase of 0 NONM or NON MIN 1 MIN 222 Data out of range 3 TONE FREQ 2175 Select a three tone source frequency OFFSET offset from 5 MHz to 5 MHz 222 Data out of range 3 TONE LEVEL 2180 Select a three tone source frequency offset from 60 dBm to 10 dBm 222 Data out of range SLOPES 2190 Select a fixed slope setting of 0 5 dB MHz 0 3 dB MHz 0 3 dB MHz o
207. ns 8 bytes or less of numeric data 113 Undefined header Query not allowed for this mnemonic 1545 Correct the HP IB controller program so that the HP IB mnemonic does not have a question mark following it Only the command is defined for the mnemonic 110 Command header error An invalid mnemonic has been received Correct the HP IB controller program so that the HP IB mnemonic is a mnemonic available in the Fader 109 Missing parameter EMPTY DATA FIELD 1523 Correct the HP IB controller program so that the HP IB command does not have an empty data field Empty data fields occur when commas are present without data A 28 HP 11757B HP IB Commands Table A 1 Error Messages continued Error Message Detail Action Required Number Number 107 Incorrect number of parameters Correct the HP IB controller program so that the HP IB command contains the correct number of parameters Unlike the following 107 errors which have detail error numbers it is not known which command caused this error 107 Incorrect number of parameters NO SWEEP FREQ 2006 Correct the HP IB controller program so that the HP IB non swept notch frequency command has exactly 1 parameter the HP IB query may have 0 or 1 parameters 107 Incorrect number of parameters HPIB ADDRESS 2016 Correct the HP IB controller program so that the HP IB address command
208. nsition register The STATus QUEStionable PTRansition command is used to define which bits in the Questionable Condition register will set the corresponding bit in the Questionable Event register on a zero to one state change HP 11757B STATus QUEStionable PTRansition Questionable Positive Transition Register Questionable Positive Transition Register Bit Definitions Bit Weight Condition 15 32768 X don t care 14 16384 X don t care 13 8192 X don t care 12 4096 X don t care 11 2048 X don t care 10 1024 X don t care 9 512 X don t care 8 256 0 inhibit a zero to one state change of the instrument uncalibrated bit from setting bit 8 in the Questionable Event register 1 enable a zero to one state change of the instrument uncalibrated bit to set bit 8 in the Questionable Event register 7 128 X don t care 6 64 X don t care 5 32 0 inhibit a zero to one state change of the frequency uncalibrated bit from setting bit 5 in the Questionable Event register 1 enable a zero to one state change of the frequency uncalibrated bit to set bit 5 in the Questionable Event register 16 X don t care 3 8 0 inhibit a zero to one state change of the depth or attenuation uncalibrated bit from setting bit 3 in the Questionable Event register 1 enable a zero to one state change of the depth or attenuation uncalibrated bit to set bit
209. ntry etc that was attempted at the time was not executed Try the operation again If these errors keep recurring some troubleshooting is necessary Begin by presetting the Fader If this is unsuccessful in eliminating these errors from recurring cycle the power If this doesn t help use the INIT function which is part of the MORE menu A 52 Specifications Instrument specifications are listed in table B 1 These specifications are the performance standards or limits against which the instrument may be tested Supplemental characteristics are also listed in table B 2 Supplemental characteristics are not warranted specifications but are typical characteristics included as additional information for the user Specifications HP 11757B Table B 1 Specifications Electrical Performance Characteristics Limits Conditions Note Warranted specifications frequencies 70 MHz 20 MHz or 140 MHz 4 are for 15 C to 35 C after a 15 minute warm up period and notch 20 MHz except where noted Notch Frequency Standard Opt 140 Opt 147 Resolution Accuracy 70 MHz Band 140 MHz Band Notch Depth Range Resolution Accuracy 20 dB Notch 30 dB Notch 40 dB Notch Flat Fade Gain Attenuation Gain Range Attenuation Range Resolution Accuracy 40 MHz to 100 MHz 90 0 MHz to 190 0 MHz 40 MHz to 100 MHz and 90 0 MHz to 190 0 MHz 0 1 MHz 0 3 MHz 0 4 MHz 0 to 40 dB 0 1 dB 0 75
210. number of parameters LIST FREQ 2346 Correct the HP IB controller program so that the HP IB LIST FREQ command has from 1 to 2000 parameters 4000 with Option 001 the HP IB query may have 0 or 1 parameters 107 Incorrect number of parameters CAL PROF 2351 Correct the HP IB controller program so that the HP IB CAL PROF command has exactly 4 parameters the HP IB query may have 0 or 4 parameters 107 Incorrect number of parameters LIST FREQ POIN 2356 Correct the HP IB controller program so that the HP IB LIST FREQ POIN query has 0 or 1 parameters A 36 HP 11757B HP IB Commands Table A 1 Error Messages continued Error Message Detail Action Required Number Number 107 Incorrect number of 2361 Correct the HP IB controller parameters LIST POW ATT program so that the HP IB LIST POW ATT command has from 1 to 2000 parameters 4000 with Option 001 the HP IB query may have 0 or 1 parameters 107 Incorrect number of 2366 Correct the HP IB controller parameters LIST POW ATT POIN program so that the HP IB LIST POW ATT POIN query has 0 or 1 parameters 107 Incorrect number of 2371 Correct the HP IB controller parameters LIST POW DEPTH program so that the HP IB LIST POW DEPT command has from 1 to 2000 parameters 4000 with Option 001 the HP IB query may have 0 or 1 parameters 107 Incorrect number of parame 2376 Correct the
211. oad Test Mask Nonmin y Data CALCulate LIMit FAIL Reports Test Mask Pass Fail CALCulate LIMit FCOunt Report Number of Test Mask Fails CONFigure ARRay DY Namic FM Configure Dynamic M Measurement CONFigure ARRay DY Namic 5 W Eep Configure Dynamic S Measurement CONFigure ARRay HYS Teresis Configure Hysteresis M Curve Meas CONFigure ARRay STATic Configure Static M Measurement CONFigure RECovery Configure Recovery Time Measurement CONFigure BER Configure BER Measurement IND iate ye See ae oe Go a eas FETCh Download Last Measured Data FETCh DFM Download Dispersive Fade Margin 5 63 5 64 5 66 5 67 5 68 5 69 5 70 5 72 5 73 5 75 5 77 5 79 5 81 5 82 5 83 5 84 5 86 5 HP IB Commands SYSTem COM Municate GPIB ADDRess Set HP IB Address 2 2 5 87 SYSTem COMMunicate PRINter DESTination Select Printout Destination 5 88 SYSTem COM Municate PRINter DUMP Print Measurement Information 5 89 SYSTem COM Municate PRINter 5TATe Enable Disable Printer Output 5 91 SYSTem DATE Set the Date 5 92 SYSTem ERRor Read Error Queue 5 94 SYSTem KEY Press Front Panel Key 5 96 SYSTem TIME Set the Clock Time 5 100 SYSTem VERSion Read SCPI Version 5 102 STATus O PERation CON Dition Read Operation Condition Register 5 103 STATus OPERation ENABle Operation Event Enable Register 5 106 STATus OPER
212. of the document IEEE Standard 488 2 1987 IEEE Standard Codes Formats Protocols and Common Commands For Use with ANSI IEEE Std 488 1 1987 the following information is required of all IEEE 488 2 1987 devices How the Fader conforms to this Standard is described in the following 23 items 1 A list of IEEE 488 1 Interface Functions Subsets is described in this appendix 2 The Fader HP IB address can be set to 0 through 30 for normal talker listener operation Special addresses 40 and 50 are allowed also all other addresses are rejected by the Fader If the HP IB address is set to 40 the Fader is placed into listen only mode If the HP IB address is set to 50 the Fader is placed into talk only mode 3 An HP IB address change takes effect immediately in the Fader 4 At power on the Fader will be in the same state as when it was last powered off However if the Fader battery fails the Fader will not retain its old state In this case the Fader be in the PRESET state upon power on and non presettable values will be set to their factory PRESET value 5 Message exchange information a The input buffer is 256 characters in size GET is buffered as if it were an input byte Characters are buffered until the buffer is full or until the Fader has time to parse the characters and execute them b None of the Fader queries return more than one RESPONSE MESSAGE UNIT Multiple RESPONSE MESSAGE UNITS would look like 2 1 3
213. on table CAL MINFLAT DATA 222 Data out of range FREQUENCY 2333 Correct the frequencies sent with the OUT OF RANGE WITH Min Flatness calibration table to be CAL MINFLAT DATA within the range of 0 to 25000 222 Data out of range DAC VALUE 2334 Correct the DAC values sent with OUT OF RANGE WITH the Min Flatness calibration table to CAL MINFLAT DATA be within the range of 0 to 4095 222 Data out of range INCORRECT 2337 Correct the band number sent with BAND SELECTION WITH the Non Min Flatness calibration CAL NMINFLAT DATA table 222 Data out of range FREQUENCY 2338 Correct the frequencies sent with the OUT OF RANGE WITH CAL NMINFLAT DATA Non Min Flatness calibration table to be within the range of 0 to 25000 A 10 HP 11757B HP IB Commands Table A 1 Error Messages continued Error Message Detail Action Required Number Number 222 Data out of range DAC VALUE 2339 Correct the dac values sent with the OUT OF RANGE WITH CAL NMINFLAT DATA Non Min Flatness calibration table to be within the range of 0 to 4095 222 Data out of range INCORRECT 2342 Correct the band number sent with BAND SELECTION WITH the Attenuation calibration table CAL ATT DATA 222 Data out of range ATTENUATION 2343 Correct the attenuations sent with OUT OF RANGE WITH the Attenuation calibration table to CAL ATT DATA be within the range of 15000 to 30000 222 Dat
214. ons are listed in appendix B These specifications are the performance standards or limits against which the instrument may be tested Supplemental characteristics are also listed in appendix B Supplemental characteristics are not warranted specifications but are typical characteristics included as additional information for the user 1 5 General Information Options HP 11757B Electrical Options Option 001 no signature capability Equivalent to HP 11757A Option 140 90 MHz to 190 MHz Option 147 40 MHz to 100 MHz and 110 MHz to 170 MHz Serial prefixes less than 3215A have an upper band range of 110 0 MHz to 170 0 MHz Cables and Accessories Table 1 1 Recommended Cables Accessory Part Number Use 75Q 5 5 ft BNC Synchronization Cable 50Q to 75Q Adapter HP 8120 3616 HP 11757 60027 HP 11694 IF and RF Input One required per pair of instruments for synchronization Three required per instrument 1 6 2 Detailed Operating Instructions Detailed Operating The Detailed Operating Instructions describe the keys Instructions functions and features of the HP 11757B Multipath Fading Simulator Appearing in alphabetical order below is a list of Detailed Operating Instructions and the page numbers where their respective descriptions are found 2 1 Detailed Operating Instructions HP 11757B Arrows 2 2 Description Local Procedure Remote Proce
215. or ATTEN to avoid setting the wrong parameter Then use the arrow keys or the data entry keys to set the starting parameter For example set the starting attenuation for a sweep to 5 0 dB 1 Press the SET START key 2 Press the ATTEN key 3 Press 5 and 0 4 Press the ENTER key You may also set a starting phase which may be different from the phase set for stopping The remote code for SET START is STAR The following lines of code show how to set the start sweep parameters for notch depth notch frequency and attenuation They also show the phase being set to MIN OUTPUT 714 POW DEPT STAR 10DB STAR PHAS MIN OUTPUT 714 FREQ STAR 50MHZ OUTPUT 714 POW ATT STAR 15DB HP 11757B HP IB Program Codes Detailed Operating Instructions Keystroke Program Codes SET START FREQ STAR NOTCH FREQ FREQ NOTCH DEPTH POW DEPT ATTEN POW ATT 2 79 Detailed Operating Instructions HP 11757B SET STOP Description Note i Y Local Procedure Remote Procedure 2 80 The key allows you to set a stop parameter for sweeps of attenuation notch frequency and notch depth and phase Using SET STOP NOTCH FREQ to set the stop frequency for a sweep or measurement is identical to using STOP FREQ found under the MEAS SETUP key Changing one changes the other After pressing SET STOP the annunciator at STOP will light You must then press a parameter to set
216. or frequency attenuation depth phase and time data Each point has a unique index between 1 and 2000 inclusive 4500 in the case of Fader Option 001 Each point is identified by an indez as shown in Fig 5 2 Thus when we speak of point 1 point 2 etc we mean the point whose index is 1 the point whose index is 2 etc You can allow fade events to overlap e g you can define fade event 3 to consist of points 14 through 27 and fade event 4 to consist of points 24 through 35 Description of LIST Subsystem HP 11757B Typically to define one or more fade events from scratch you proceed as follows 1 Initialize the Fade Profile Table using the LIST PRESet command 2 Do the following in any order you wish Define the frequency values for all fade events using the LIST FREQuency command Define the attenuation values for all fade events using the LIST POWer ATTenuation command Define the depth values for all fade events using the LIST POWer DEPTh command Define the phase values for all fade events using the LIST POWer DEPTh PHASe command Define the time values for all fade events using the LIST TIME command 3 Now group the above points into the desired fade events using the LIST SSEQuencen command To modify the points in one or more fade events or to create a new fade event 1 Tell the Fader how you intend to modify the existing values of the Fade Profile Table using the LIST UPDate command
217. output queue when all pending Fader operations have finished To set the operation complete bit in the Standard Event Status Register after fade event 0 has finished run the following program 10 OUTPUT 714 SWE ALL LISTO 0PC 20 END HP 11757B OPC Operation Complete Example Query To wait until the frequency slews to 70 MHz run the following program 10 OUTPUT 714 FREQ 7OMHZ O0PC 20 ENTER 714 0p_complete 30 PRINT Op_complete 40 END Related Commands ESE ESR STB WAI See Also Advanced HP IB Measurements Related Documents in Appedix D 4 19 OPT HP 11757B Option Identification Query 4 20 Syntax Description OPT Returned Format lt option 1 gt lt option 2 gt lt option n gt lt NL gt Where lt option in gt is an option installed in the instrument The OPT query returns the options installed in the fader The following table lists all the possible option numbers Table 4 4 OPT Fader Option Numbers Option Number Description 0 No options installed 001 No signature capability 140 140 MHz band only 143 140 MHz three tone source 147 70 and 140 MHz bands The OPT query is only available in serial prefixes 3215A and above In serial prefixes less than 3215A the options were part of the IDN response In serial prefixes less than 3215A an 11757B option 001 was always an 11757A HP 11757B Example Command Example Quer
218. overy Non SCPI MEASure SCALar BER Non SCPI MEASure SOU Rcee2 POWer SCPI Confirmed MEASure SOU Rcee2 FREQuency SCPI Confirmed OPC IEEE 488 2 Required PRE IEEE 488 2 Required OPT IEEE 488 2 Optional RCL IEEE 488 2 Optional D 5 SCPI Conformance Information HP 11757B Table D 1 SCPI Conformance continued Programming Command Status READ ARRay STATic Non SCPI READ ARRay DYNamic FM Non SCPI READ ARRay DYNamic SWEep Non SCPI READ ARRay HYSTeresis Non SCPI READ SCALatr RECovery Non SCPI READ SCALar DFM Non SCPI READ SCALar BER Non SCPI RST IEEE 488 2 Required SAV IEEE 488 2 Optional SOU Rce 1 FM DEViation SCPI Confirmed SOU Rce 1 FM INTernal RATE Non SCPI SOU Rce 1 FREQuency CW FTXed SCPI Confirmed SOU Rce 1 FREQuency MODE SCPI Confirmed SOU Rce 1 FREQuency RATE STARt Non SCPI D 6 HP 11757B SCPI Conformance Information Table D 1 SCPI Conformance continued Programming Command Status SOURce 1 FREQuency RATE STOP Non SCPI SOU Rce 1 FREQuency STARt SCPI Confirmed SOU Rce 1 FREQuency STOP SCPI Confirmed SOU Rce 1 LIST FREQuency SCPI Confirmed SOUR ce 1 LIST FREQuency POINts SCPI Confirmed SOURce 1 LIST GENeration SCPI Confirmed SOU Rce 1 LIST POWer A
219. persive Fade Margin ENTER 714 Fade_margin Example Query This query returns a string which looks like the full CONFigure command needed to represent the current measurement setup with all optional subsystems and parameters included OUTPUT 714 CONFIGURE ENTER 714 Configure HP 11757B CONFigure ARRay DYNamic SWEep Configure Dynamic S Measurement CONFigure ARRay DYNamic SWEep Configure Dynamic S Measurement Syntax Description Example Command lt NRf gt CONFigure ARRay DYNamic SWEep MAXimum MINimum MINimum Re BER gt NONMinimum ALARm BOTH Configures for a Static S measurement The first parameter is the number of points in the measurement This is required and must be in parenthesis The second parameter sets the phase if omitted MINimum is assumed The third parameter is BER for bit error rate criteria or ALARm for ALARM criteria if omitted BER is assumed The specific BER criteria is set up with the TRIGger2 BER THReshold command If you don t use CONFigure before an INITIATE the current measurement setup will be used The following example sets up and executes a Dynamic S measurement OPTION BASE 1 DIM Array 40 OUTPUT 714 RST PRESETS the HP 11757B OUTPUT 714 TRIGGER2 BER FREQ 44 7MHZ Sets radio bit rate OUTPUT 714 FREQ START 40MHZ Set Start Freq to 40 MHz OUTPUT 714 FREQ STOP 90MHZ Set Stop Freq to 90 MHz OUTPUT 714 TRIGGER2 BER THR 1E 3
220. persive fade margin measured by the measurement performed in step 1 For more information about Bellcore dispersive fade margin see MEAS in the Local Reference section You can use FETC DFM and READ DFM but not MEAS DFM CCIR DISPERSIVE FADE MARGIN 3 steps 1 2 Set up TRIG2 BER SYMBOL TIM Successfully MEASure function any measurement type except RECOVERY TIME BER and DYNAMIC S FETC DFM CCIR This query will return the CCIR dispersive fade margin measured by the measurement performed in step 1 For more information about CCIR dispersive fade margin see MEAS in the Local Reference HP 11757B Using MEASure function section You can use FETC DFM and READ DFM but not MEAS DFM Using READ function C 14 HP 11757B The following is a quick description of how to perform each Fader measurement type with the READ function query STATIC M 4 steps l Set up FREQ STAR FREQ STOP CALC SMO STAT TRIG2 TIM and SWE SLEW RATE If using BER criteria set up TRIG2 BER TRIG2 BER ECO TRIG2 BER FREQ TRIG2 BER MULT ERROR IMP ERROR COUP and TRIG2 LEV It is recommended that the SCPI commands TRIG2 ECL and TRIG2 TTL be used instead of ERROR COUP If using ALARM criteria set up ALARM POL CONF ARR STAT points phase criteria mksearch This configures for a Static M measurement points describes how many measurement points to use phase can be MINimum NO
221. ponse to the query as a string Sets Fade Profile Table editing mode to APPend OUTPUT 714 LIST UPD APP Subsystem Commands HP 11757B TRIGger SOURce Set Trigger Source for Fader TRIGger SOURce Set Trigger Source for Fader Syntax TRIGger SOURce l peeing EXTernal TRIGger SOURce Description Sets the trigger source for the fader and is used only when the Fader is running an Internal Fade Event or is Sweeping IMMediate means that the trigger signal used to start the Sweep or Fade Event is considered to be always true Hence this is equivalent to auto trigger EXTernal means trigger from an external source This external source could be either the HP IB group execute trigger command or another Fader instrument that is connected with the synchronization cable The Preset value is IM Mediate This trigger source has no effect on measurements The query returns the trigger source for the fader This query returns IMM or EXT so you must read it in as a string Example Command OUTPUT 714 TRIG SOUR EXT Example Query OUTPUT 714 TRIG SOUR ENTER 714 Trigger_source 5 45 HP 11757B TRIGger2 BER Set BER Threshhold Syntax Description Example Command 5 46 Example Query lt NRf gt TRIGger2 BER 4 MAXimum MINimum This command sets the BER threshold that is used to compute data points in signature measurements The value entered here is only used when BER not ALARM crit
222. printing the measurement set up information only DATA corresponds to printing the measurement graph and the raw measurement data The printout destination should be chosen using the SYSTem COM Municate PRINter DESTination command This is an execution command and therefore has no preset condition To print the Fader s measurement setup to the Fader s internal printer run the following program 10 OUTPUT 714 SYST COMM PRIN DEST INT 20 OUTPUT 714 SYST COMM PRIN STAT ON 30 OUTPUT 714 SYST COMM PRIN DUMP PREV 40 END To print the Fader s measurement setup to an external printer run the following program Because the controller and an external printer share the same HP IB bus with the Fader performing an external print requires line 40 below Line 40 tells the printer at address 1 to read the Fader s at address 14 output The UNL and DATA parts of the SEND 7 command make sure that all other instruments including the controller are not interfering with the printout 10 OUTPUT 714 SYST COMM PRIN DEST EXT 5 89 SYSTem COMMunicate PRINter DUMP Print Measurement Information HP 11757B 20 OUTPUT 714 SYST COMM PRIN STAT ON 30 OUTPUT 714 SYST COMM PRIN DUMP PREV 40 SEND 7 UNL LISTEN 1 TALK 14 DATA 50 END Example Query There is no query for this command 5 90 HP 11757B SYSTem COMMunicate PRINter STATe Enable Disable Printer Output SYSTem COMMunicate PRINter STATe Enable
223. ption This controls the sweep mode for the notch frequency FIXed means sweep off and SWEep means sweep on LISTn means to use the LIST subsystem to get frequency values n can range from 0 to 9 If LIST is selected attenuation and depth will be set to LIST mode also See SWE ALL and the LIST subsystem for more LIST information Preset FIXed The query returns the notch frequency sweep mode This query returns FIX SWE or LISTn so you must read it in as a string Example Command OUTPUT 714 FREQ MODE SWE Set to Sweep Mode Example Query OUTPUT 714 FREQ MODE ENTER 714 Freq_mode HP 11757B FREQuency RATE STARt Set Freq Start Rate for Dynamic S Meas FREQuency RATE STARt lt NRf gt freq per sec suff MAXimum MINimum Syntax Description Sets the frequency start rate for the Dynamic 5 measurement If no suffix is included with the input value it is assumed to be in hertz per second Input range is LMHz S to 6GHz S Preset 1OMHz S Example Command OUTPUT 714 FREQ RATE STAR 40 1MHZ S Example Query OUTPUT 714 FREQ RATE STAR ENTER 714 Start_rate 5 20 HP 11757B FREQuency RATE STOP Set Freq Stop Rate for Dynamic S Meas FREQuency RATE STOP Set Freq Stop Rate for Dynamic S Meas lt NRf gt freq per sec suff FREQuency RATE STOP 4 MAXimum MINimum Syntax Description Sets the frequency stop rate for the Dynamic S measurement If no suffix is included with the input value it is assumed
224. put integrated over a user specified bandwidth When turned on the AGC function will set the fader to 0 dB power gain regardless of notch position or depth The AGC function is necessary when the fader is inserted after the AGC amplifier in a digital radio To set up the AGC function it is necessary to ENTER the radio s intermediate frequency i e 70 MHz as well as the bandwidth of the radio These two entries tell the fader over what frequency range to maintain a constant power gain Once these two entries are defined the AGC function may be turned on and off without re entering the center frequency or bandwidth information All AGC information is stored in battery backed up RAM 1 Setup the AGC center frequency This is usually the center frequency of the digital radio i e 70 MHz or 140 MHz a Press SHIFT then PRESET LOCAL to enter the MORE mode AGC can also be accessed by pressing the RADIO SETUP key and using 4 until AGC functions appear b Use the 4 and y arrows until the display shows 3 AGC FREQ then press ENTER c The display will change to AGC FRQ 070 0 Use the and y arrows or numeric keypad to select the desired center frequency Press ENTER 2 Setup the AGC bandwidth This is the bandwidth over which the fader will keep a constant power gain This is usually the bandwidth of the digital radio s HP 11757B Note Y Detailed Operating Instructions inte
225. r 0 5 dB MHz 222 Data out of range DIAG AVER 2195 Correct the DIAG AVER HP IB command so that the number of averages is from 1 to 100 222 Data out of range SYST KEY 2245 Correct the SYST KEY HP IB command so that the key chosen is from 0 to 51 222 Data out of range DIAG ABUS 2270 Correct the DIAG ABUS HP IB command so that the A D channel chosen is from 0 to 7 A 8 HP 11757B HP IB Commands Table A 1 Error Messages continued Error Message Detail Action Required Number Number 222 Data out of range DIAG PROF 2295 Correct the HP IB command DIAG PROF so that its parameters are within the following ranges Notch Frequency 1st parameter Option 000 30 MHz to 100 MHz Option 140 90 MHz to 190 MHz Option 147 30 MHz to 190 MHz Phase 2nd parameter 0 NONM or 1 MIN Notch depth 3rd parameter 0 dB to 99 9 dB Attenuation 4th parameter 30 dB to 99 9 dB Time 5th parameter 100 ms to 99 99s 222 Data out of range INCORRECT 2317 Correct the band number sent with BAND SELECTION WITH the Min Notch Depth calibration CAL MINDEPTH DATA table 222 Data out of range B VALUE OUT 2318 Correct the B values sent with the OF RANGE WITH Min Notch Depth calibration table CAL MINDEPTH DATA to be within the range of 0 to 29997 222 Data out of range sDAC VALUE 2319 Correct the dac values sent with the OUT OF RANGE WITH Min Notch Depth calibrat
226. r Fade Profile Table 5 44 Subsystem Commands TRIGger SOURce Set Trigger Source for Fader 5 45 TRIGger2 BER Set BER Threshhold 5 46 TRIGger2 BER ECOunt Set BER Accuracy 2 2 5AT TRIGger2 BER FREQuency Set Radio Bit Rate 2 5 48 TRIGger2 BER MULTiplier Scale Incoming Errors 5 49 TRIGger2 BER SY MBol TIME Set Radio Symbol Time 5 50 TRIGger2 ECL ERROR PULSE INPUT to ECL 5 51 TRIGger2 LEVel Set ERROR PULSE Threshold 5 52 TRIGger2 TTL ERROR PULSE INPUT to TTL 5 53 TRIGger2 TIMer Set Radio Wait Time 5 54 ERRor COUPling Set Coupling for ERROR PULSE INPUT 5 55 ERRor IM Pedance Set Input Impedance for ERROR PULSE INPUT 5 ALARm COUPIling Query the Coupling of ALARM INPUT 5 57 ALARm IMPedance Query the Input Impedance of ALARM INPUT 5 5 ALARm POLarity Set Polarity of the ALARM Input 5 59 FM DEViation Set Frequency Deviation for Dynamic M 5 60 FM INTernal RATE Set Frequency Rate for Dynamic M 5 61 Contents 5 Contents 6 5 Subsystem Commands CALCulate SMOothing STATe Enable Disable EDGE ZOOM Test Mask Overview CALCulate LIMit STATe Turn Test Mask On Off CALCulate LIMit CONTrol MINimum Load Test Mask x Min Data CALCulate LIMit CONTrol NON Minimum Load Test Mask Nonmin x Data CALCulate LIMit LOWer MINimum Load Test Mask Min y Data CALCulate LIMit LOWer NON Minimum L
227. returns MIN or NONM so you must read it in as a string If the depth sweep is active this returns the true current notch phase during the sweep Example Command Sets the fixed notch depth phase to minimum phase OUTPUT 714 POW DEPT PHAS MIN Example Query OUTPUT 714 POW DEPT PHAS ENTER 714 Phase 5 12 HP 11757B POWer DEPTh SLOPes Set In Band Gain Slope POWer DEPTh SLOPes Set In Band Gain Slope lt NRf gt db per hertz suff POWer DEPTh SLOPes MAXimum MINimum Syntax eal POWer DEPTh SLOPes i MINimum Description Set the slopes value and enables the slopes function Input values can be 5 dB MHz 3 dB MHz 3 dB MHz or 5 dB MHz Input values between legal values will be rounded to the nearest legal value If no suffix is used dB Hz will be assumed The Preset value is 5 dB MHZ Example Command OUTPUT 714 POW DEPT SLOP SdB MHZ Example Query OUTPUT 714 POW DEPT SLOP ENTER 714 Slope_amount HP 11757B POWer DEPTh STARt Set Start Notch Depth Syntax lt NRf gt POWer DEPTh STARt MAXimum MINimum MAXimum POWer DEPTh STARt MINimum Description Sets the start notch depth for sweeps If depth sweep is active this restarts the sweep Input range is 0dB to 99 9dB The Preset value is 20dB The query returns the start notch depth setting Example Command Sets the start notch depth value to 5 4 dB OUTPUT 714 POW DEPT STAR 5 4 Example Query OUTPUT 714 POW DEPT STAR
228. ription Example Command Example Query 5 4 lt NRf gt freq suff POWer AGC FREQuency CENTer 4 MAXimum MINimum MAX imum POWer AGC FREQuency CENTer MINimum Sets the AGC center frequency This is used in conjunction with POW AGC BAND to set the spectrum of the input signal If no suffix is included with the input value the value is assumed to be in Hz Input range is 30 0MHz to 180 0MHz The Preset value is 70 0MHz The query returns the current entered AGC center frequency Sets the AGC center frequency to 65 3 MHz OUTPUT 714 POW AGC FREQ CENT 65 3MHz OUTPUT 714 POW AGC FREQ CENT ENTER 714 Agc_center_freq HP 11757B POWer ATTenuation Set Attenuation POWer AT Tenuation Set Attenuation Syntax Description Example Command Example Query lt NRf gt POWer ATTenuation 4 MAXimum MINimum MAXimum POWer ATTenuation MINimum Sets the fixed attenuation value If the attenuation sweep is active this has no affect on the signal Negative attenuation is gain Input range is 30 0dB to 99 9dB The Preset value is 0dB The query returns the fixed attenuation value If the attenuation sweep is active this returns the true current attenuation value during the sweep Sets the fixed attenuation value to 12 3 dB of loss OUTPUT 714 POW ATT 12 3 OUTPUT 714 POW ATT ENTER 714 Attenuation_level 5 5 HP 11757B POWer AT Tenuation MODE Set Sweep Mode for Attenuatio
229. rlapping segments The Fade Event table is stored using a remote controller but will be preserved in the fader s internal battery backed up RAM during power off conditions 1 Press SHIFT then gt 2 The display will change to FADE EVENT 0 There are 10 fade events or segments that can be replayed Use the and y arrows or the numeric keypad to select the desired fade event then press ENTER 3 The display will change to FADING N and the selected fading segment will be run N is the fade event 0 9 that is currently running Pressing any front panel key halts the procedure If there is no fade event stored into memory or the fade event is invalid the display will read UNAVAILABLE Verify that the event is valid or has been stored 4 The event will stop when finished and the front panel will display the values set by the last point in the fade event just executed Detailed Operating Instructions HP 11757B Remote Procedure Note Y To start a fading event in remote mode send the command SWE ALL LIST followed by the fade event number For example to start fade event 3 OUTPUT 714 SWE ALL LIST3 Fade Event Table Storage Remote Only The fade event table is 2000 points long 4000 for option 001 Each point contains five pieces of information Notch frequency Notch depth Min Non Min phase Attenuation flat fade Sweep time The Sweep
230. rmediate frequency i e 20 MHz bandwidth for a particular 70 MHz IF radio a Press SHIFT then PRESET LOCAL to enter the MORE mode b Use the 4 and y arrows until the display shows 4 AGC BW Press ENTER c The display will change to AGC BW 20 0MZ Use the 4 and y arrows or numeric keypad to select the desired bandwidth Press ENTER 3 Turn on the AGC function When AGC is on the display annunciator over the AGC label will be on a Press SHIFT then PRESET LOCAL to enter the MORE mode b Use the 4 and y arrows until the display shows 2 AGC ON OFF Press ENTER c The display will change to AGC OFF Use the 4 and y arrows to change to AGC ON Press ENTER Determining the appropriate BW setting for the AGC function can be done quickly using a power meter and the IF signal to be faded 1 Connect the IF signal of your radio to the IF Input of the Fader 2 Connect a power meter to the IF Output of the Fader 3 Set notch depth on the Fader to 0 0 dB Measure the power level at the IF Output 3 Set notch depth on the Fader to 20 0 dB Measure the power level at the IF Output 4 Adjust the AGC BW setting on the Fader until the power level at 20 0 dB equals the power level you measured at 0 dB 2 7 Detailed Operating Instructions HP 11757B 2 8 Comments Remote Procedure The resultant BW setting will approximate the integrated
231. roller program so that no more than eight queries are executed within the same line of the program 420 Query UNTERMINATED Correct the HP IB controller program so that the controller terminates commands with the newline character NL before the controller attempts to read query response data 410 Query INTERRUPTED Check the HP IB controller program to see if the controller is programmed to read the entire query response data before issuing a subsequent command 350 Queue overflow The error queue overflowed at this point and this message replaced the 16th error No action is required Note to clear the error queue use CLS 311 Memory error EEPROM is write protected 2525 An attempt to write to the EEPROM failed because the EEPROM was write protected See Service Manual for how to unprotect the EEPROM A 3 HP IB Commands HP 11757B Table A 1 Error Messages continued Error Number Message Detail Number Action Required 311 Memory error Write to EEPROM was unsuccessful 2527 An attempt to write to the EEPROM failed See Service Manual for troubleshooting information 311 Memory error EEPROM past 1000 write limit cal data was not copied 2528 An attempt to write to the EEPROM failed because the EEPROM has already been written to 1000 times The calibration data was not copied to EEPROM See Service
232. rs 107 Incorrect number of 2736 Correct the HP IB controller parameters CALC LIM LOW DATA program so that the HP IB test mask depth command has from 1 to 12 parameters the HP IB query may have 0 or 1 parameters 107 Incorrect number of 2756 Correct the HP IB controller parameters DIAG PIT program so that the HP IB DIAG PIT command has exactly 2 parameters the HP IB query may have 1 or 2 parameters A 43 HP IB Commands HP 11757B Table A 1 Error Messages continued Error Number Message Detail Number Action Required 107 Incorrect number of parameters MEAS SETUP ZOOM 2761 Correct the HP IB controller program so that the HP IB zoom state command has exactly 1 parameter the HP IB query may have exactly 0 parameters 107 Incorrect number of parameters SYST DATE 2771 Correct the HP IB controller program so that the HP IB SYST DATE command has exactly 3 parameters the HP IB query may have 0 or 3 parameters 107 Incorrect number of parameters SYST TIME 2776 Correct the HP IB controller program so that the HP IB SYST TIME command has exactly 3 parameters the HP IB query may have 0 or 3 parameters 107 Incorrect number of parame ters SYST COMM PRIN DEST 2781 Correct the HP IB controller program so that the HP IB SYST COMM PRIN DEST command has exactly 1 parameter the HP IB query may have exactly 0 parameters
233. ry has exactly 0 parameters 107 Incorrect number of 2906 Correct the HP IB controller parameters READ DFM or FETCH DFM program so that the HP IB READ DFM or FETCH DFM query has 0 or 1 parameters A 47 HP IB Commands HP 11757B Table A 1 Error Messages continued Error Message Detail Action Required Number Number 107 Incorrect number of 2911 Correct the HP IB controller parameters FETCH program so that the HP IB FETC query has 0 to 2 parameters 107 Incorrect number of 2921 Correct the HP IB controller parameters RADIO DEMO program so that the HP IB radio demonstration state command has exactly 1 parameter the HP IB query may have exactly 0 parameters 107 Incorrect number of 2926 Correct the HP IB controller parameters CONF ARR DYN program so that the HP IB CONF ARR DYN command has 1 to 3 parameters 107 Incorrect number of 2931 Correct the HP IB controller parameters MEAS ARR DYN program so that the HP IB MEAS ARR DYN query has 1 to 3 parameters 107 Incorrect number of 2941 Correct the HP IB controller parameters RADIO RECOVERY program so that the HP IB TIME TRIG2 TIMer command has exactly 1 parameter the HP IB query may have 0 or 1 parameters 107 Incorrect number of 2946 Correct the HP IB controller parameters RADIO SLEW RATE program so that the HP IB SWE SLEW RATE command has exactly 1 parameter the H
234. s INITIATE command The number of pairs of data will be equal to 4 read_points The data is returned in the following order all minimum shallow to deep pairs all minimum deep to shallow pairs all non minimum shallow to deep pairs and lastly all non minimum deep to shallow pairs read_points cannot be bigger than the measurement data s points RECOVERY TIME 4 steps 1 If using BER criteria set up TRIG2 BER TRIG2 BER FREQ TRIG2 BER MULT ERROR IMP ERROR COUP and TRIG2 LEV this HP 11757B Using FETCh function measurement does not use TRIG2 BER ECO It is recommended that the SCPI commands TRIG2 ECL and TRIG2 TTL be used instead of ERROR COUP If using ALARm criteria set up INP3 POL CONF REC criteria This configures for a recovery measurement criteria can be BER or ALARm INITIATE This tells the Fader to make a measurement based on the above CONFigure No measurement data is returned on the HP IB bus it is simply stored in the Fader for FETCh function to query FETC REC Returns one value which is equal to the recovery time measured by the previous INITIATE command No parameters are allowed with FETC REC BIT ERROR RATE 4 steps 1 Set up TRIG2 BER FREQ TRIG2 BER MULT ERROR IMP ERROR COUP and TRIG2 LEV this measurement does not use TRIG2 BER nor TRIG2 BER ECO It is recommended that the SCPI commands TRIG
235. s INP1 COUP 2836 Correct the HP IB controller program so that the HP IB INP1 COUP command has exactly 1 parameter the HP IB query may have exactly 0 parameters 107 Incorrect number of parameters ALARM IMP 2841 Correct the HP IB controller program so that the HP IB ALARM IMP command has exactly 1 parameter the HP IB query may have 0 or parameters A 45 HP IB Commands HP 11757B Table A 1 Error Messages continued Error Message Detail Action Required Number Number 107 Incorrect number of 2846 Correct the HP IB controller parameters ALARM COUP program so that the HP IB ALARM COUP command has exactly 1 parameter the HP IB query may have exactly 0 parameters 107 Incorrect number of 2851 Correct the HP IB controller parameters TRIG2 BER ECOUNT program so that the HP IB TRIG2 BER ECOUNT command has exactly 1 parameter the HP IB query may have 0 or 1 parameters 107 Incorrect number of 2856 Correct the HP IB controller parameters RADIO ERROR program so that the HP IB THRESHOLD TRIG2 LEV command has exactly 1 parameter the HP IB query may have 0 or 1 parameters 107 Incorrect number of 2861 Correct the HP IB controller parameters CON FIGURE program so that the HP IB CONF ARR STAT or CONF ARR DYN FM command has 1 to 4 parameters 107 Incorrect number of 2866 Correct the HP IB controller parameters CONF ARR HYST program so tha
236. s use BACK SP to correct an entry in attenuation 1 Press the ATTEN key 2 Press the following keys Suppose you meant to enter 13 3 instead 3 Press BACK SP BACK SP BACK SP 4 Press 3 QG 5 Press ENTER Back space is not available in remote mode If you back space over all the entries in the current parameter the setting that existed before you started data entry appears For instance if you had a setting of 40 0 and keystroked in 30 0 without pressing ENTER pressing BACK SP four times would produce a reading of 40 0 HP 11757B Detailed Operating Instructions DATA ENTRY Description Local Procedure Remote Procedure The data entry keys allow numeric entry of all parameters The keys include 090o OOO The minus sign may be entered either before or after typing in numbers For instance OAO QO O Enter yields the same result as 4 0 ENTER The decimal key allows you to enter tenths and hundredths You may enter tenths of a megahertz tenths of a dB or tenths of nanosecond To enter a notch center frequency of 75 1 MHz 1 Press the NOTCH FREQ key 2 Pres OOOO 3 Press the ENTER key The program codes for the data are the same as the data themselves Set an attenuation of 10 dB OUTPUT 714 POW ATT 10 0 DB Detailed Operating Instructions HP 11757B DELAY Description Local Procedure Remote Procedure HP IB Program Co
237. significant when you consider many bit error rate measurements are made for each M Curve 2 43 Detailed Operating Instructions HP 11757B 2 44 Dynamic S Curve Measurements The DEVIATION can be selected from the following values 1 MHz 2 MHz 4 MHz 6 MHz 10 MHz 20 MHz However deviation must not cause the Fader to exceed the frequency limits of the band it is in An additional 4 MHz of guardband should be added so that the allowable deviations for given start and stop frequencies are START FREQ Deviation 4 MHz gt 40 MHz STOP FREQ Deviation 4 MHz lt 100 MHz For instance if your start sweep frequency is 45 MHz and your deviation is 2 MHz an error will result as the frequency 45 MHz 2 MHz 4 MHz 39 MHz is outside the range of frequencies 40 MHz to 100 MHz std While a Dynamic M Curve measurement checks a radios performance with a notch that varies in frequency over a narrow region a Dynamic Curve measurement is a measure of how the radio responds to a notch sweeping back and forth across the entire band of the radio The measurement is made by setting the notch to sweep across the specified band at a particular rate see figure 2 7 While sweeping is occurring the notch depth is increased until the ERROR CRITERIA is reached After achieving the desired ERROR CRITERIA the notch depth is brought back to 0 db and the speed at which the notch sweeps across t
238. st failed If a test fails refer to the troubleshooting section of the Fader Service Manual There is no command for this query To run a Fader self test and return the results run the following program 10 OUTPUT 714 TST 20 ENTER 714 Result 30 PRINT Result 40 END Related Documents in Appedix D HP 11757B WALI WAI Wait to Continue Command Syntax Description Example Command 4 36 The WAI command waits for all previous commands to complete before continuing This is useful because previous commands do not necessarily complete before more commands are executed Specifically the WAI command waits until Slewing finishes Single sweep finishes if single sweep mode is on A fade event finishes A measurement finishes oO e N e Printing finishes For example OUTPUT 714 FREQ 7OMHZ WAI FREQ 71MHZ causes a slew to 70 MHz then a slew to 71 MHz Without WAI the slewing to 70MHz might not complete before the slewing to 71 MHz occurs To wait until a single sweep completes and then read the notch frequency run the following program 10 OUTPUT 714 SWE MODE MAN 20 OUTPUT 714 SWE ALL SWE WAI 30 OUTPUT 714 FREQ 40 ENTER 714 Notch_freq 50 PRINT Notch_freq 60 END HP 11757B WAI Wait to Continue Command Related Commands OPC OPC See Also Advanced HP IB Measurements Related Documents in Appedix D 4 37 Subsystem Commands This chapt
239. surement and presses the MEASURE key the HP 11757B will break the IF path for approximately 20 milliseconds After the path is re established the HP 11757B measures the time for the 2 46 HP 11757B Bit Error Rate Measurement Test Parameters Detailed Operating Instructions ERROR CRITERIA to be reached The resulting time is displayed on the front panel The HP 11757B does not reset the notch during a RECOVERY time measurement For this reason you should make sure the notch is set to the position you want before you start the measurement For example if you want to measure the radios ability to re aquire lock while a 30 dB notch is in effect set the notch depth to 30 dB and then start the measurement You can set the Fader to measure recovery time with a notch in the IF path Simply set a notch at a frequency of interest so that when the IF path is broken and re established the notch is there The bit error rate measurement type measures the BER by simply counting the number of events that occur on the ERROR PULSE input for approximately 1 second It then uses the bit rate and scale factor to calculate the BER The resulting BER is displayed on the front panel The BER measurement runs continuously displaying a new BER every 0 5 seconds until the PRESET LOCAL key is pressed You can set the Fader to measure the bit error rate with a notch in the IF path Simply set a notch at a frequency of interest so that when th
240. t 5 50 radio wait time set 5 54 RCL 4 24 READ function C 14 function default parameters C 5 function definition C 4 function optional parameters C 5 Read Status Byte Query 4 31 RECALL 2 68 Recall Command 4 24 Recommended Accessories 1 6 recovery time 5 81 criteria 5 81 recovery time measurement 2 46 with FETCh C 22 with MEAS C 11 with READ C 17 remote programming of Fader introduction to 3 1 Reset Command 4 25 RMT Annunicator D 17 RST 4 25 Index 13 Index 14 safety 1 5 SAV 428 SAVE 2 70 Save Command 4 28 Save Recall register 4 24 Save Register 4 28 SCPI 1 4 SCPI commands 3 1 SCPI Conformance Information D 2 SCPI conformance table D 11 SCPI Conformance Table D 2ff SCPI Language beginner s guide D 23 standards manual D 23 SCPI Lanuguage D 2 SCPI Measurement System Overview C 3 SCPI version determine 5 102 S Curve measurement 2 44 SDC D 16 SELF TEST 2 72 Self Test Query 4 35 Sequential Commands D 14 serial number 1 5 4 12 serial number of Fader read 4 12 Serial Poll D 12 service mode 2 75 Service Request 4 29 D 12 Service Request Enable Command 4 29 Service Request Enable Query 4 29 SET START 2 78 SET STOP 2 80 SET TIME 2 78 2 82 single sweep 2 83 slew rate set maximum 5 27 slew time set 5 26 SLEW TIME 2 84 slope set gain 5 13 SLOPES 2 85 small letters meaning of in syntax diagrams 3 3 software revision number 4 12 softwar
241. t mask values will occur to get a point for pass fail comparison See figure 2 9 2 99 Detailed Operating Instructions HP 11757B NON ZERO TEST MASK POINTS MEASURED DATA POINTS INTERPOLATED TEST MASK VALUES TO USE FOR PASS FAIL COMPARISONS 0x Figure 2 9 Test Mask Interpolation The mask data is formatted as follows MOO XXX X YY Y MO1 XXX X YY Y M10 XXX X YY Y NOO XXX X YY Y NO1 XXX X YY Y N10 XXX X YY Y The M and N indicate MIN and NON MIN phase settings Notes Test Mask does not apply to option 001 instruments 2 100 Introduction to Remote Programming of HP 11757B SCPI Controllers Other Than Hewlett Packard The remote programming language used to program the HP 11757B uses the Standard Commands for Programming Instruments SCPI convention Those users who are not familiar with HP IB and the SCPI syntax convention should first refer to the Beginner s Guide to SCPI which has been included with this instrument The remainder of this manual assumes you have a working knowledge of HP IB and SCPI syntax The programming examples in this manual are written in HP BASIC 5 0 for an HP 9000 Series 200 300 Controller HP BASIC handles some of the redundant miscellaneous overhead associated with IEEE Standards 488 1 and 488 2 HP IB For instance when a BASIC OUTPUT statement is used by the Active Controller to send data to an HP IB device the following sequence of commands an
242. t stop phase value of 5 17 set sweep mode for depth of 5 11 notch depth sweep time 2 82 NOTCH DEPTH 2 52 NOTCH FREQ 2 54 notch frequency sweep time 2 82 notch parameters 2 25 lt NRf gt meaning of in syntax diagrams 3 3 0 OFF ON representations in commands 3 3 ON OFF representations in commands 3 3 OPC 4 18 OPC Command D 12 D 13 D 14 OPC Command D 12 D 13 D 14 OPERation using to create an SRQ D 14 Operation Complete Command 4 18 Operation Complete Query 4 18 Operation Condition register read 5 103 Operation Edge Register negative transition 5 112 positive transition 5 115 Operation Event Enable register read 5 106 set contents of 5 106 Operation Event register Index 10 define bits in Operation Condition register which will set event bits on a one to zero change 5 112 define bits in Operation Condition register which will set event bits on a zero to one change 5 115 Operation Event Register read 5 109 Operation Negative Transition register read 5 112 set contents of 5 112 Operation Positive Transition register read 5 115 set contents of 5 115 OPT 4 20 option 001 1 2 Option Identification Query 4 20 option numbers 4 12 options 1 6 Options read 4 20 options installed read 4 12 Output Queue 4 18 OUTPUT statement in HP BASIC 3 1 Overlapped Commands D 14 Parallel Poll D 12 D 13 read 4 14 Parallel Poll Enable Register Command 4 22 Parallel Poll Enable Regis
243. t the HP IB CONF ARR HYST command has 1 to 3 parameters 107 Incorrect number of 2871 Correct the HP IB controller parameters CONF REC program so that the HP IB CONF REC command has 0 or 1 parameters A 46 HP 11757B HP IB Commands Table A 1 Error Messages continued Error Message Detail Action Required Number Number 107 Incorrect number of 2876 Correct the HP IB controller parameters MEASURE program so that the HP IB MEAS ARR STAT or MEAS ARR DYN FM query has 1 to 4 parameters 107 Incorrect number of 2881 Correct the HP IB controller parameters MEAS ARR HYST program so that the HP IB MEAS ARR HYST query has 1 to 3 parameters 107 Incorrect number of 2886 Correct the HP IB controller parameters MEAS REC program so that the HP IB MEAS REC query has 0 or 1 parameters 107 Incorrect number of 2891 Correct the HP IB controller parameters READ or FETCH program so that the HP IB FETC ARR STAT FETC ARR DYN FM READ ARR STAT or READ ARR DYN FM query has 1 or 2 parameters 107 Incorrect number of 2896 Correct the HP IB controller parameters READ ARR HYST or program so that the HP IB FETCH ARR HYST FETC ARR HYST or READ ARR HYST query has exactly 1 parameter 107 Incorrect number of 2901 Correct the HP IB controller parameters READ REC or program so that the HP IB FETCH REC FETC REC or READ REC que
244. t up and start the fade event on all the Faders The Faders will wait for the signal from the HP IB bus to start the fade event 2 Send the GET command to the Faders In HP BASIC the easiest way to do this is by executing TRIGGER 7 Synchronization just synchronizes the slave s start of a sweep or fade event It does not guarantee that both the master and slave will stop at the same time For more information about triggering see TRG in the remote section HP 11757B TEST MASK Description Detailed Operating Instructions The test mask allows you to enter x and y data to be plotted along with measurements There are 11 points for min imum phase and 11 points for non min imum phase RESET MASK sets all locations to 70 0 140 0 for option 140 The test mask is activated by the shifted RADIO SETUP key You may use the arrow keys or the numeric keys to enter data into the test mask Use EXIT to get out of the TEST MASK To turn the TEST MASK on or off or to reset the mask use MORE function 12 MASK CTRL To get there press SHIFT PRESET LOCAL then use the A arrow key until 12 MASK CTRL is displayed Press and the display will show one of the options MASK ON MASK OFF or RESET MASK Use the arrow key to select one of these options then press ENTER If the mask is on it will be printed with the graph Where measured x values do not coincide with test mask x points a linear interpolation of the tes
245. ta were 2069 12 31 and SYST TIME tries to add one day to the date 222 Data out of range SYST TIME 2775 Correct the HP IB command SYST TIME so that its 1st parameter value is from 0 to 23 its 2nd parameter value from 0 to 59 and its 3rd parameter value equal to 0 or 60 This error could also occur if the data were 2069 12 31 and SYST TIME tries to add one day to the date 222 Data out of range TRIG2 BER THR 2820 Correct the HP IB command TRIG2 BER THR so that its parameter value is one of the following values 1E 3 3E 4 1E 4 3E 5 1E 5 and 1E 6 A 16 HP 11757B HP IB Commands Table A 1 Error Messages continued Error Message Detail Action Required Number Number 222 Data out of range INP1 IMP 2830 Correct the HP IB command INP1 IMP so that it is has a parameter value of 75 Ohm 222 Data out of range ALARM IMP 2840 Correct the HP IB command ALARM IMP so that it is has a parameter value of 10 kOhm 222 Data out of range TRIG2 BER ECOUNT 2850 Correct the HP IB command TRIG2 BER ECOUNT so that its parameter value is one of the following values 1 2 4 8 16 32 64 128 256 512 1024 2048 4096 9182 16384 and 32768 222 Data out of range RADIO ERROR THRESHOLD 2855 Select an error input threshold from 5 V to 5 V 222 Data out of range CONFIGURE 2860 Correct the HP IB command CONF
246. tatus byte 4 16 0 inhibit a measuring event from setting bit 7 in the status byte 1 enable a measuring event to set bit 7 in the status byte 3 8 0 inhibit a sweeping event from setting bit 7 in the status byte 1 enable a sweeping event to set bit 7 in the status byte 2 4 X don t care 1 2 0 inhibit a settling event from setting bit 7 in the status byte 1 enable a settling event to set bit 7 in the status byte 0 1 X don t care 5 107 STATus OPERation ENABle Operation Event Enable Register HP 11757B Example Command To enable a settling or a sweeping event in the Operation Event register to set bit 7 in the status byte run the following program 10 OUTPUT 714 STAT OPER ENAB 10 20 END Example Query To read the contents of the Fader s Operation Event Enable register run the following program 10 OUTPUT 714 STAT OPER ENAB 20 ENTER 714 Oper_enab 30 PRINT Oper_enab 40 END Related Commands STATus 0PERation STATus 0 PERation CONDition STATus OPERation PTRansition STATus OPERation NTRansition STB See Also Common Commands Related Documents in Appendix D 5 108 HP 11757B STATus OPERation STATus OPERation Read Operation Event Register Read Operation Event Register Syntax Description STATus OPERation EVENt The STATus OPERation EVENt query returns the contents of the Operation Ev
247. te 10E 3 signature OUTPUT 714 LIST SEQ3 27 39 10E 6 min phase signature OUTPUT 714 LIST SEQ4 40 52 10E 6 non min phase OUTPUT 714 LIST SEQ5 27 52 complete 10E 6 signature Comments PRESET does not affect the Fade Event Tables 2 24 HP 11757B Detailed Operating Instructions Fast Programming of Notch Parameters Remote Only Remote Procedure Note Y For fast programming of the notch parameters frequency phase depth and attenuation use the DIAG PROF command followed by notch frequency phase depth attenuation and slew time to that point This is useful for replaying previously stored data that exceeds the length of the internal fade profile table 4000 points or for shortening the HP IB processing time Since fast speed is desired for this mode use the shortest numeric representations possible For example use 70E6 instead of 7T0MHZ or 70000000 for frequency Also use 1 for minimum phase and 0 for non min phase The program code for fast programming is DIAG PROF followed by frequency phase depth atten and time The display will change to FADING during fast programming To achieve the fastest speed keep each HP IB command to less than 50 characters Detailed Operating Instructions 2 26 Example HP 11757B For example send the following set of information in fast mode OUTPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT
248. ted immediately upon a remote local mode change When this annunciator is on the Fader is addressed to listen When this annunciator is off the Fader is not addressed to listen This annunciator is only updated when the Fader has time therefore it can be incorrect if the Fader is busy For example the Fader gets busy if there is constant HP IB traffic or if it is sweeping slewing fading etc For more information about when the Fader is busy see Avoiding Fader Interruptions When this annunciator is on the Fader is addressed to talk When this annunciator is off the Fader is not addressed to talk This annunciator is only updated when the Fader has time therefore it can be incorrect if the Fader is busy For example the Fader gets busy if there is constant HP IB traffic or if it is sweeping slewing fading etc For more information about when the Fader is busy see Avoiding Fader Interruptions When this annunciator is on the Fader is issuing a service request When this annunciator is off the Fader is not issuing a service request This annunciator is only updated when the Fader has time therefore it can be incorrect if the Fader is busy For example the Fader gets busy if there is constant HP IB traffic or if it is sweeping slewing fading etc For more information about when the Fader is busy see Avoiding Fader Interruptions IEEE 488 2 Compliance Information HP 11757B In section 4 9
249. tems and parameters included OUTPUT 714 CONFIGURE ENTER 714 Configure 5 81 HP 11757B CONFigure BER Configure BER Measurement Syntax Description Example Command OUTPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT Example Query CONFigure BER Configures for a Bit Error Rate measurement The Bit Error Rate measurement type is only available in serial prefixes 3215A and above If you don t use CONFigure before an INITIATE the current measurement setup will be assumed The following example sets up and executes a Bit Error Rate measurement 714 RST PRESETS the HP 11757B 714 CONFIGURE BER 714 INITIATE 714 FETCH ENTER 714 Bit_error_rate Starts the measurement Gets the measured data Gets a single value equal to the bit error rate This query returns a string which looks like the full CONFigure command needed to represent the current measurement setup with all optional subsystems and parameters included OUTPUT 714 CONFIGURE ENTER 714 Configure HP 11757B INITiate INITiate Syntax Description Example Command Example Query INITiate Starts the currently configured measurement based on the current measurement setup OUTPUT 714 INITiate There is no query for this command 5 83 HP 11757B FETCh Download Last Measured Data Syntax Description FETCh This query causes the last measured data to be put into the output buffer so it can be
250. ter Query 4 22 phase 2 35 PHASE 2 56 point in a Fade Profile Table definition of 5 29 polarity of the ALARM input set 5 59 POWer AGC 5 2 AGC BANDwidth 5 3 AGC FREQuency CEN Ter 5 4 ATTenuation 5 5 ATTenuation MODE 5 6 Index 11 Index 12 ATTenuation STARt 5 7 ATTenuation STOP 5 8 DEPTh 5 9 DEPTh DELay 5 10 DEPTh MODE 5 11 DEPTh PHASe 5 12 DEPTh SLOPes 5 13 DEPTh STA Rt 5 14 DEPTh STARt PHASe 5 15 DEPTh STOP 5 16 DEPTh STOP PHASe 5 17 PRE 4 22 PRESET 2 59 PRESET LOCAL 2 59 preset values 4 25 printer output to 5 89 PRINTER 2 62 printer output enable disable 5 91 print information to printer 5 89 print measurement information 5 89 printout destination select 5 88 programming HP IB 2 17 2 25 Query Error A 2 Questionable Condition register read 5 120 Questionable Edge Register negative transition 5 129 positive transition 5 132 Questionable Event Enable register read 5 123 set contents of 5 123 Questionable Event register read 5 126 set bits in Questionable Condition register which will set event bits on one to zero state change 5 129 set bits in Questionable Condition register which will set event bits on zero to one state change 5 132 Questionable Negative Transition register read 5 129 set contents of 5 129 Questionable Positive Transition register read 5 132 set contents of 5 132 Radio Bit Rate 5 48 radio setup 2 65 radio symbol time se
251. the following program 10 OUTPUT 714 SYST COMM GPIB ADDR 12 20 END Example Query To read the Fader s current HP IB address run the following program 10 OUTPUT 714 SYST COMM GPIB ADDR 20 ENTER 714 Fader_address 30 PRINT Fader_address 40 END 5 87 HP 11757B SYSTem COMMunicate PRINter DESTination Select Printout Destination Syntax Description Example Command Example Query 5 88 SYSTem COMMunicate PRINter DESTination INTernal EXTernal SYSTem COMMunicate PRINter DESTination Selects where printout requests will go INTernal selects the Fader s internal printer EX Ternal selects a printer external to the Fader Preset INTernal To achieve the front panel NONE printout mode use SYST COMM PRIN STAT OFF The query returns the current printout destination To change the Fader s printout destination to external run the following program 10 OUTPUT 714 SYST COMM PRIN DEST EXT 20 END To read the Fader s current printout destination run the following program 10 OUTPUT 714 SYST COMM PRIN DEST 20 ENTER 714 Print_dest 30 PRINT Print_dest 40 END HP 11757B SYSTem COMMunicate PRINter DUMP Print Measurement Information SYSTem COMMunicate PRINter DUMP Print Measurement Information Syntax Description Example Commands PREView SYSTem COMMunicate PRINter DUMP DATA Outputs measurement information to a printer PREView corresponds to
252. the Fader s SCPI measurement system The last three sections of this appendix give a step by step description of how to use MEASure function READ function and FETCh function respectively FETCh INITiate MMediate and CONFigure function are not given a step by step approach here because the HP IB Commands chapter gives good example HP IB programs already for each of these commands C 1 Appendix C Advanced HP IB Measurements HP 11757B This appendix assumes that the CONFigure function INITiate IM Mediate and FETCh descriptions in the HP IB Commands chapter have been read Reading the measurement section in the Beginner s Guide to SCPI pamphlet is also recommended before diving into the details given here HP 11757B SCPI Measurement System Overview SCPI Measurement System Overview The SCPI measurement system has a MEASure function lt measurement parameters gt query which performs the measurement described in function lt measurement parameters gt are the parameters needed by function to do a measurement Following is a list of all the available function s and all the lt measurement parameters gt that go with them Table C 1 CONFigure function and MEASure function Parameters function lt measurement parameters gt ARRay POWer ARRay POWer ARRay POWer ARRay POWer SCALar PO Wer SCALar BER MCURvel STATic points phase
253. the HP11757B Front Panel only when CCIR is selected Dispersive Fade Margin with only one Phase If only one phase was selected for measurement the 11757B will assume the phase that was not measured will have the same M curve as the phase that was measured Dispersive Fade Margin with Hysteresis Measurements The Dispersive Fade Margin for a Hysteresis Measurement is the average of the Outage and Return Dispersive Fade Margins 2 31 Detailed Operating Instructions HP 11757B MEAS SETUP Description The MEAS SETUP key accesses setup options for measurements The numbered items are 0 DATA PTS This option is used for all measurements except Recovery Time It specifies the number of frequency data points 1 to 100 that will be calculated and measured It specifies the number of sweep rate points when a Dynamic S measurement is made The points are evenly distributed between the start and stop frequencies If you specify 20 points for min and non min phase a Static M Curve Dynamic M Curve or Dynamic Curve measurement will create 20 points for min and 20 points for non min for a total of 40 points If you specify 20 points for a hysteresis measurement 80 points would be created 1 STRT FRQ and 2 STOP FRQ These options are used to set the start and stop frequencies for Static and Dynamic M Curve and Hysteresis measurements For Dynamic Curve the start and stop frequencies define the start and stop
254. the data entry keys to enter the desired value of frequency Press the ENTER key To sweep Notch Frequency 1 2 3 Press SET START Press NOTCH FREQ Use the arrow keys to modify the value shown in the display to the value you wish to start the notch frequency sweep from Press ENTER Press SET STOP HP 11757B Detailed Operating Instructions Press NOTCH FREQ Use the arrow keys to modify the value shown in the display to the value you wish to sweep to Press 9 10 Press SHIFT Press NOTCH FREQ Note A If you do not have a start or stop notch depth gt 0 set 3 you may not see anything sweep Remote Procedure To enter a frequency value send the command FREQ followed by the numerical frequency value the frequency units code MHZ KHZ or HZ Example To enter a NOTCH frequency of 45 MHz HP IB Program Codes Comments OUTPUT 714 FREQ 45 0MHZ Parameter Program Code NOTCH FREQ FREQ SET START FREQ STAR SET STOP FREQ STOP SWP FREQ FREQ MODE SWE PRESET sets the NOTCH FREQ value to 70 0 MHz the sweep start value to 45 MHz the sweep stop value to 95 MHz and the notch frequency sweep mode to OFF 2 55 Detailed Operating Instructions HP 11757B PHASE Description Local Procedure The key toggles the dominant signal between the delayed path and the non delayed path The preset condition is minimum phase non
255. then return the Bellcore dispersive fade margin measured CCIR DISPERSIVE FADE MARGIN 3 steps 1 CONFigure function for any measurement type except RECOVERY TIME BER and DYNAMIC S Set up TRIG2 BER SYMBOL TIM READ DFM CCIR This query will take a measurement based on the measurement type selected in step 1 and then return the CCIR dispersive fade margin measured HP 11757B Using FETCh function Using FETCh function The following is a quick description of how to perform each Fader measurement type with the FETCh function query STATIC M 5 steps Te Set up FREQ STAR FREQ STOP CALC SMO STAT TRIG2 TIM and SWE SLEW RATE If using BER criteria set up TRIG2 BER TRIG2 BER ECO TRIG2 BER FREQ TRIG2 BER MULT ERROR IMP ERROR COUP and TRIG2 LEV It is recommended that the SCPI commands TRIG2 ECL and TRIG2 TTL be used instead of ERROR COUP If using ALARm criteria set up ALARM POL CONF ARR STAT points phase criteria mksearch This configures for a Static M measurement points describes how many measurement points to use phase can be MINimum NONMinimum or BOTH criteria can be BER or ALARm mksearch can be ON or OFF INITIATE This tells the Fader to make a measurement based on the above CONFigure No measurement data is returned on the HP IB bus it is simply stored in the Fader for FETCh function to query FETC ARR ST
256. this command sets the stop frequency of the linear sweep that occurs during the measurement For more information on the function of the start frequency during signature measurements see the description of the MEAS TYPE key in the local part of this manual Example Command OUTPUT 714 FREQ STOP 70 OMHz Example Query OUTPUT 714 FREQ STOP ENTER 714 Stop_frequency 5 23 HP 11757B SWEep ALL Control Sweep Mode for All Sweeps Syntax Description Example Command 5 24 Fixed SWEep ALL 4 SWEep LISTn Controls the sweep mode for all three sweeps notch frequency notch depth and attenuation FIXed means all sweeps off and SWEep means all sweeps on LISTn means to use fade event n from the Fade Profile Table see the LIST subsystem for defining fade events If n is omitted then n is by default 0 Example SWE ALL LIST3 means to use fade event 3 from the Fade Profile Table If a fade event is undefined the message UNAVAILABLE will appear on the front panel and no action will be taken by the instrument Preset FIX No query is associated with this command Sets the sweep mode for notch frequency notch depth and attenuation to sweep OUTPUT 714 SWE ALL SWE HP 11757B SWEep TIME Set Sweep Time SWEep TIME Set Sweep Time Syntax Description Example Command Example Query lt NRf gt time suff SWEep TIME 4 MAXimum MINimum MAXimum SWEep TIME MINimum
257. tion CONDition STATus OPERation ENABle STATus OPERation PTRansition STATus OPERation NTRansition STB Common Commands Related Documents in Appendix D 5 111 HP 11757B STATus OPERation NTRansition Operation Negative Transition Reg 5 112 Syntax Description STATus OPERation NTRansition number Where number is the number representing the value of bits in the Operation Negative Transition register to be set The number must be from 0 to 65535 STATus OPERation NTRansition Returned format number lt NL gt Where number The current value of the Operation Negative Transition register The STATus OPERation NTRansition command is used to define which bits in the Operation Condition register will set the corresponding bit in the Operation Event register on a one to zero state change HP 11757B STATus OPERation NTRansition Operation Negative Transition Reg Operation Negative Transition Register Bit Definitions Bit Weight Condition 15 32768 X don t care 14 16384 X don t care 13 8192 X don t care 12 4096 X don t care 11 2048 X don t care 10 1024 X don t care 9 512 X don t care 8 256 0 inhibit a one to zero state change of the printing bit from setting bit 8 in the Operation Event register 1 enable a one to zero state change of the printing bit to set bit 8 in the Operation Event register 7 128 X don t care 6 64 X don
258. tly 1 parameter the HP IB query may have 0 or 1 parameters 107 Incorrect number of parameters STOP ATTEN 2056 Correct the HP IB controller program so that the HP IB stop attenuation command has exactly 1 parameter the HP IB query may have 0 or 1 parameters 107 Incorrect number of parameters START DEPTH 2061 Correct the HP IB controller program so that the HP IB start notch depth command has exactly 1 parameter the HP IB query may have 0 or 1 parameters 107 Incorrect number of parameters STOP DEPTH 2066 Correct the HP IB controller program so that the HP IB stop notch depth command has exactly 1 parameter the HP IB query may have 0 or 1 parameters A 30 HP 11757B HP IB Commands Table A 1 Error Messages continued Error Message Detail Action Required Number Number 107 Incorrect number of 2071 Correct the HP IB controller parameters DIAG IBUS DIR program so that the HP IB DIAG IBUS DIR command has exactly 4 parameters the HP IB query may have 3 or 4 parameters 107 Incorrect number of 2076 Correct the HP IB controller parameters INSTRUMENT program so that the HP IB CONTROL instrument control command has exactly 2 parameters the HP IB query may have 1 or 2 parameters 107 Incorrect number of 2081 Correct the HP IB controller parameters STATE RECALL program so that the HP IB recall command RCL has exactly 1
259. to be in hertz per second Input range is 1MHz S to 6GHz S Preset 100MHz S Example Command OUTPUT 714 FREQ RATE STOP 85 9MHZ S Example Query OUTPUT 714 FREQ RATE STOP ENTER 714 Stop_rate 5 21 FREQuency STARt Set Start Frequency Syntax Description Example Command 5 22 Example Query HP 11757B lt NRf gt freq suff FREQuency STARt 4 MAXimum MINimum When the HP 11757B is not making a signature measurement this command sets the start frequency for sweeping of the notch For Static M Hysteresis M Curve and Dynamic M tests this command sets the start frequency of the signature measurement For Dynamic 5 tests this command sets the start frequency of the linear sweep that occurs during the measurement For more information on the function of the start frequency during signature measurements see the description of the MEAS TYPE key in the local part of this manual OUTPUT 714 FREQ STAR 45 1MHz OUTPUT 714 FREQ STAR ENTER 714 Start_frequency HP 11757B FREQuency STOP Set Stop Frequency FREQuency STOP Set Stop Frequency Syntax lt NRf gt freq suff FREQuency STOP 4 MAXimum MINimum Description When the HP 11757B is not making a signature measurement this command sets the stop frequency for sweeping of the notch For Static M Hysteresis M Curve and Dynamic M tests this command sets the stop frequency of the signature measurement For Dynamic 5 tests
260. turns the number of points you have previously entered time field data into Immediately after the LIST PRESet command has been executed this query will return 1 Loads a sequence of time values 150 ms 120 ms minimum and 1 s into points 1 2 3 4 respectively in the Fade Profile Table OUTPUT 714 LIST TIME 150ms 120ms MIN 1 HP 11757B LIST TIME Enter Time Values into Fade Profile Table Example Query Returns the time field values in all points you previously entered time data into in the Fade Profile Table OUTPUT 714 LIST TIME Example Query Returns the number of points you have previously entered time field data into OUTPUT 714 LIST TIME POIN ENTER 714 Points The value of Points will be in the range from 1 through 2000 5 43 HP 11757B LIST UPDate Set Editing Mode for Fade Profile Table Syntax Description Example Command 5 44 NEW LIST UPDate APPend LIST UPDate Establishes the editing mode for the Fade Profile Table i e establishes where the next one or more LIST commands will place their data e g where the next LIST FREQuency command will place its frequency data NEW means that the fields in the current Table will be overwritten starting at index 1 APP means that the data will be appended to the existing data for that field Preset NEW The LIST UPDate query returns the current editing mode value This value will be NEW or APP so you must read the res
261. ually a specific Bit Error Rate such as 1E 3 However with the HP 11757B this criteria can also be the transition of a signal on the Alarm Input By connecting an Alarm Line from the radio or a BERT this feature will allow you to set the criteria at the point where the radio goes out of lock The result of this measurement is a number of frequency notch depth points which cause the radio to meet the chosen criteria When plotted as shown in figure 2 3 these points form an M Curve The HP 11757B provides 3 basic types of M Curve Measurements STATIC HYSTERESIS and DYNAMIC 2 39 Detailed Operating Instructions HP 11757B M CURVE TYPICAL OUTPUT a MINIMUM PHASE LINE DRAWN CRITERIA NOTCH DEPTH 428 MEAS a7 dB SETUP NON MINIMUM PHASE XXX NOTCH XXX FREQUENCY A MHZ xU START STOP FREQUENCY FREQUENCY Figure 2 3 Typical M Curve Output Static Static M Curve The STATIC M Curve is similar to what is shown in figure 2 3 The notch will start at the START FREQuency and at a NOTCH DEPTH of 0 db The notch will increase in depth until the ERROR CRITERIA is met This notch depth is then stored and the notch is set to the next frequency point at 0 db depth This process depicted in figure 2 4 continues until the specified number of frequency points have been measured 2 40 HP 11757B Detailed Operating Instructions STATIC M HOW THE NOTCH MOVES NOTCH FREQUENCY STOP FREQUENCY MEAS set
262. ue of the Questionable Negative Transition register Description The STATus QUEStionable NT Ransition command is used to define which bits in the Questionable Condition register will set the corresponding bit in the Questionable Event register on a one to zero state change 5 129 STATus QUEStionable NTRansition Questionable Negative Transition Reg HP 11757B 5 130 Questionable Negative Transition Register Bit Definitions Bit Weight Condition 15 32768 X don t care 14 16384 X don t care 13 8192 X don t care 12 4096 X don t care 11 2048 X don t care 10 1024 X don t care 9 512 X don t care 8 256 0 inhibit a one to zero state change of the instrument uncalibrated bit from setting bit 8 in the Questionable Event register 1 enable a one to zero state change of the instrument uncalibrated bit to set bit 8 in the Questionable Event register 7 128 X don t care 6 64 X don t care 5 32 0 inhibit a one to zero state change of the frequency uncalibrated bit from setting bit 5 in the Questionable Event register 1 enable a one to zero state change of the frequency uncalibrated bit to set bit 5 in the Questionable Event register 4 16 X don t care 3 8 0 inhibit a one to zero state change of the depth or attenuation uncalibrated bit from setting bit 3 in the Questionable Event register 1 enable a one to zero state
263. um MINimum TRIGger2 BER SYMBol TIME Sets the radio symbol time that will be used when calculating the CCIR dispersive fade margin The range of allowable values is 10 ns to 1000 ns The Preset value is 50 ns The query returns the radio symbol time that is set CCIR dispersive fade margin is only available in serial prefixes 3215A and above To set the symbol time to 220 ns OUTPUT 714 TRIG2 BER SYMB TIME 220NS OUTPUT 714 TRIG2 BER SYMB TIME HP 11757B TRiIGger2 ECL ERROR PULSE INPUT to ECL TRIGger2 ECL ERROR PULSE INPUT to ECL Syntax TRIGger2 ECL Description Sets up the ERROR PULSE INPUT to the ECL state The ECL state is threshold 1 3 V and termination 2 V This SCPI command is only available in serial prefixes 3235A and above Example Command OUTPUT 714 TRIG2 ECL Example Query There is no query for this command 5 51 HP 11757B TRIGger2 LE Vel Set ERROR PULSE Threshold Syntax lt NRf gt volt suff TRIGger2 LEVel MAXimum MINimum TRIGger2 LEVel Description Sets the ERROR PULSE INPUT s trigger threshold level The range of allowable values is 5 V to 5 V The Preset value is 1 3 V The query returns the threshold level that is set Error pulse input variable threshold is only available in serial prefixes 3235A and above Example Command To set the threshold level to 3 1 V OUTPUT 714 TRIG2 LEV 3 1V Example Query OUTPUT 714 TRIG2 LEV 5
264. up 2 START FREQUENCY MEAS setup a Figure 2 4 Static M Curve Measurement Hysteresis M Curve The STATIC M Curve measurement described a method of measurement were the depth of the notch is always being increased Because certain radios may have a significant amount of hysteresis a different result may be arrived at if the notch is always being decreased The HYSTERESIS M Curve measurement allows you to measure the amount of hysteresis in your radio by making two M Curve measurements one with the notch increasing the outage and one with the notch decreasing the return Figure 2 5 describes how this is done The 11757B is first put into minimum phase fading with the notch depth at 0 db The notch is then increased until the ERROR CRITERIA is achieved This is point 1 in figure 2 5 and corresponds to the Outage point for 2 41 Detailed Operating Instructions HP 11757B 2 42 minimum phase The notch is then increased further until a depth of 40 db is achieved At this point the fader switches to non minimum phase and the notch depth is decreased until the ERROR CRITERIA is again achieved This is point 2 in figure 2 5 and corresponds to the Return point for Non minimum phase This process is then repeated with the phases reversed for points 3 Outage point for Non minimum phase and 4 Return point for minimum phase Both points outage and return are displayed for each frequency point on the printed o
265. ut of 2895 Correct the HP IB query range READ ARR HYST or READ ARR HYST or FETCH ARR HYST FETC ARR HYST so that its parameter is the number of points from 1 to 100 A 18 HP 11757B HP IB Commands Table A 1 Error Messages continued Error Message Detail Action Required Number Number 222 Data out of range FETCH 2910 Correct the HP IB query FETCH so that its lst parameter is the number of points from 1 to 100 and its 2nd parameter is the phase MINimum NONMinimum or BOTH if last measurement was HYSTeresis If last measurement was RECOVERY FETCH shouldn t have any parameters 222 Data out of range CONF ARR DYN 2925 Correct the HP IB command CONF ARR DYN so that its 1st parameter is the number of points from 1 to 100 its 2nd parameter is the phase MINimum NONMinimum or BOTH and its 3rd parameter is BER or ALARm 222 Data out of range MEAS ARR DYN 2930 Correct the HP IB query MEAS ARR DYN so that its 1st parameter is the number of points from 1 to 100 its 2nd parameter is the phase MINimum NONMinimum or BOTH and its 3rd parameter is BER or ALARm 222 Data out of range RADIO RECOVERY TIME 2940 Select a radio recovery time from 10ms to 10s 222 Data out of range RADIO SLEW RATE 2945 Select a radio slew rate from 10dB S to 500dB S A 19 HP IB Commands HP 11757B Table A 1 Error M
266. utput Because of the way this measurement is made HYSTERESIS M Curve can only be made for BOTH phases HOW THE NOTCH MOVES IN NOTCH DEPTH CSCALE EXAGERATED FOR CLARITY lt RETURN MINIMUM PHASE NOTCH FREQUENCY NON MINIMUM PHASE RETURN Figure 2 5 Hysteresis M Measurement Dynamic M Curve The Dynamic M Curve is identical to the Static M Curve with the exception that the notch frequency HP 11757B Note Detailed Operating Instructions is sinusoidally modulated while the measurement is underway This modulation is pictorially represented in figure 2 6 It is important to note the DEVIATION that you enter from the front panel is plus AND minus from the center frequency Also the SPEED at which the notch moves in frequency is expressed as the peak rate over one entire cycle The average rate is actually 4 times the peak rate DYNAMIC M CURVE HOW THE NOTCH MOVES IN FREQUENCY NOTCH DEPTH TIME PEAK SPEED OCCURS HERE PEAK SPEED Thx AVG RATE NOTCH i FREQUENCY DEVIATION x 2 MEAS setup 9 MEAS _ 4 x DEVIATION x EAS 8 PEAK SPEED L4 Hz Sec Figure 2 6 Dynamic M Curve Measurement The DEVIATION and SPEED that you choose can significantly effect the time it takes to make a measurement This is because the HP 11757B will wait for at least one cycle of modulation before it computes the bit error rate If you have a wide DEVIATION and a slow SPEED the time for one cycle can be
267. vent 4 NON MIN Phase Signature for 10E 6 Point Freq Depth Phase Atten Time MHz dB dB S 40 55 0 40 41 57 5 30 42 60 0 10 43 62 5 9 44 65 0 11 45 67 5 10 46 70 0 10 47 72 5 10 48 75 0 11 49 77 9 9 50 80 0 10 51 82 5 30 52 85 0 40 SOO OO oS oO Ooo oS co qQoeooocooocnooocoo amp Ot Ot Ot Ot Ot Ot Ot Ot OT OT OT OT OT Remote commands to transfer table into fader memory OUTPUT 714 LIST FREQ 55MHZ 57 5MHZ 60MHZ 62 5MHZ 65MHZ 67 5MHZ 70MHZ 72 5MHZ 75MHZ 77 5MHZ 80MHZ 82 5MHZ 85MHZ 55MHZ 57 5MHZ GOMHZ 62 5MHZ 65MHZ 67 5MHZ 70MHZ 72 5MHZ 75MHZ 77 5MHZ 80MHZ 82 5MHZ 85MHZ 55MHZ 57 5MHZ 60MHZ 62 5MHZ 65MHZ 67 5MHZ 70MHZ 72 5MHZ 75MHZ 77 5MHZ 80MHZ 82 5MHZ 85MHZ 55MHZ 57 5MHZ GOMHZ 62 5MHZ 65MHZ 67 5MHZ 7OMHZ 72 5MHZ 7SMHZ 77 5MHZ 80MHZ 82 5MHZ 85MHZ OUTPUT 714 LIST POW DEPT 40 35 17 16 18 17 17 17 18 16 17 35 40 40 35 15 14 16 15 15 15 16 14 15 35 40 40 30 10 9 11 10 10 10 11 9 10 30 40 40 30 10 9 11 10 10 10 11 9 10 30 40 OUTPUT 714 LIST POW DEPT PHAS 2 23 Detailed Operating Instructions HP 11757B OUTPUT 714 LIST TIME 54 5 5 5 5 6 5 5 5 6 5 45 5 5335490 5 5 5 5 55055 6 5 5 5 5425 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 6 5 5 5 BO 5096 T O42 O92 Oy Og FOG Oa O SEDO gt gt gt 3 e Pi OUTPUT 714 LIST SEQO 1 13 10E 3 min phase signature OUTPUT 714 LIST SEQ1 14 26 10E 3 non min phase OUTPUT 714 LIST SEQ2 1 26 comple
268. xample Query To read the current date from the Fader run the following program 10 OUTPUT 714 SYST DATE 20 ENTER 714 Year Month Day 30 PRINT Year Month Day 40 END 5 93 HP 11757B SYSTem ERRor Read Error Queue Syntax Description Note Y SYSTem ERRor The SYSTem ERRor query returns the oldest uncleared error number and error description from the Fader s HP IB error queue When an error is read it is cleared as long as the error condition no longer exists When the SYSTem ERRor query is sent only the oldest unread error in the HP IB error queue will be returned Errors are returned in the following format generrnum generrmsg deterrmsg deterrnum Where m generrnum The general error number m generrmsg The general error message m deterrmsg The detailed error message This tells exactly what caused the error condition in the Fader m deterrnum The detailed error message number that goes along with the deterrmsg If no detailed error information exists only the general error number and general error message will be returned The HP IB error queue can contain a maximum of 16 error messages If the HP IB error queue overflows the 16th error will be replaced in the queue with 350 Queue overflow If the queue is empty the message 0 No error will be returned Preset has no effect on the HP IB error queue The HP IB error queue is only
269. y Related Commands See Also OPT Option Identification Query There is no command for this query To read the options run the following program 10 DIM Options 255 10 OUTPUT 714 0PT 20 ENTER 714 Options 30 PRINT Options 40 END IDN Related Documents in Appedix D PRE HP 11757B Parallel Poll Enable Register 4 22 Syntax Description PRE lt mask gt Where lt mask gt 0 to 255 PRE Returned Format lt mask_value gt lt NL gt Where lt mask_value gt sum of all bits that are set 0 through 255 The PRE command sets the parallel poll register enable bits The Parallel Poll Enable Register contains an enable mask for the bits in the Status Byte to produce an ist during a parallel poll For additional information refer to the IST command in this section The PRE query returns the current value of the Parallel Poll Enable Register Refer to Table 4 5 for the bits in the Parallel Poll Enable Register and what they mask HP 11757B PRE Parallel Poll Enable Register Table 4 5 Parallel Poll Enable Register Parallel Poll Enable Register High Enables the ist bit Bit Weight Enables 7 128 OPERation status bit 64 SRQ Service Request 32 ESB Event Status Bit 16 MAV Message Available QUEStionable status bit Oo wo e OD Not used don t care Oo Ee Not used don t care 0 1 Not used don t care
270. y returns the coupling for the ERROR PULSE INPUT Example Command OUTPUT 714 ERR COUP ECL Example Query OUTPUT 714 ERR COUP ENTER 714 Couple 5 55 HP 11757B ERRor IMPedance Set Input Impedance for ERROR PULSE INPUT Syntax Description Example Command Example Query 5 56 lt NRf gt ERRor IMPedance 4 MAXimum MINimum MAXimum ERRor IMPedance MINimum Sets the input impedance of the ERROR PULSE INPUT Only the values 75 ohms or 10k ohms are allowed Values between 75 ohms and 10k ohms are rounded to the nearest of these two values The Preset value is 75 Ohm The query returns the input impedance of the ERROR PULSE INPUT OUTPUT 714 ERR IMP 10E3 OUTPUT 714 ERR IMP ENTER 714 Input_impedance HP 11757B ALARm COUPIling Query the Coupling of ALARM INPUT ALARm COUPIling Query the Coupling of ALARM INPUT Syntax ALARm COUPLing Description Returns the coupling for the ALARM INPUT The HP 11757B always returns TTL Example Query OUTPUT 714 ALAR COUP ENTER 714 Couple 5 57 HP 11757B ALARm IMPedance Query the Input Impedance of ALARM INPUT Syntax ALARm IMPedance Description Returns the input impedance of the ALARM INPUT The HP 11757B always returns 10e3 ohms Example Query OUTPUT 714 ALAR IMP ENTER 714 Alarm_impedance 5 58 HP 11757B ALARm POLarity Set Polarity of the ALARM Input ALARm POLarity Set Polarity of t

Notice Hewlett-Packard to Agilent Technologies Transition

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents